1-877-275-7048|Free delivery — 48 states|20-year warranty on 12ga
In Stock & Ready to Ship | Lead Time: 4–8 Weeks | RTO from $49/mo

RV Covers For Sale

Shop 35+ prefab steel carport sizes from $1,195. Regular, A-Frame & vertical roof styles in 12 or 14 gauge. Free delivery & professional installation on every tubular steel order across all 48 states.

$1,195
Starting Price
35+
Sizes In Stock
20yr
Warranty — 12ga
48
States Covered
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock

Filter Carports

Filters
Product Vehicles
Filter by State

Showing 2561–2600 of 2713 resultsSorted by price: low to high

20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Equipment Shed

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Equipment Shed | Steel and Stud — From $25,250
12
20×80 Equipment Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,800$25,250SAVE $3,550
or $526/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Equipment Shed

20×80 Equipment Shed, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Equipment Shed·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$25,250$28,800Save $3,550
or as low as $526/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$25,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-EQUIPMENT-SHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your equipment-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. 12-ft doors clear a cab tractor with ROPS up. The 20×80 equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑1 drive-in baysImplement + attachment rowsWorkbench + parts wall20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · equipment-barn layout

1 drive-in bays · Implement + attachment rows · Workbench + parts wall

1 drive-in bays at the front, implement + attachment rows in the middle, workbench + parts wall at the rear. Capacity: 1 machines under roof.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through bay, welding corner, bulk-fluid rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Equipment Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equipment Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equipment Shed spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equipment Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday equipment shed
Everyday equipment shed
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equipment shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequipment shed + seasonal storage
equipment shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Equipment Shed — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$526/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 equipment shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $526/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equipment Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Equipment Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Equipment Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equipment Shed also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equipment Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 equipment shed cost?

A 20×80 equipment shed from Steel and Stud starts at $25,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $526/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 equipment shed price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud equipment shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 equipment shed?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equipment shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 equipment shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 equipment shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 equipment shed without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $526/month on a 20×80 equipment shed.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 equipment shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 equipment shed in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 equipment shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 equipment shed typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Equipment Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$25,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Equipment Shed

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Equipment Shed | Steel and Stud — From $25,250
12
20×80 Equipment Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,800$25,250SAVE $3,550
or $526/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Equipment Shed

20×80 Equipment Shed, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Equipment Shed·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$25,250$28,800Save $3,550
or as low as $526/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$25,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-EQUIPMENT-SHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your equipment-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. 12-ft doors clear a cab tractor with ROPS up. The 20×80 equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑1 drive-in baysImplement + attachment rowsWorkbench + parts wall20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · equipment-barn layout

1 drive-in bays · Implement + attachment rows · Workbench + parts wall

1 drive-in bays at the front, implement + attachment rows in the middle, workbench + parts wall at the rear. Capacity: 1 machines under roof.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through bay, welding corner, bulk-fluid rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Equipment Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equipment Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equipment Shed spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equipment Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday equipment shed
Everyday equipment shed
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equipment shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequipment shed + seasonal storage
equipment shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Equipment Shed — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$526/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 equipment shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $526/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equipment Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Equipment Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Equipment Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equipment Shed also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equipment Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 equipment shed cost?

A 20×80 equipment shed from Steel and Stud starts at $25,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $526/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 equipment shed price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud equipment shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 equipment shed?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equipment shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 equipment shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 equipment shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 equipment shed without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $526/month on a 20×80 equipment shed.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 equipment shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 equipment shed in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 equipment shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 equipment shed typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Equipment Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$25,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Barndominium Wing

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Barndominium Wing | Steel and Stud — From $36,200
12
20×80 Barndominium Wing
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$41,250$36,200SAVE $5,050
or $754/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Barndominium Wing

20×80 Barndominium Wing, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 barndominium wing from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Barndominium Wing·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$36,200$41,250Save $5,050
or as low as $754/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$36,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-BARNDOMINIUM-WINBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your barndominium shell.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Split layout — living one end, shop the other. The 20×80 barndominium wing from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

2-bed sleeping wingGreat room + kitchenGarage / shop bay20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · barndominium shell

2-bed sleeping wing · Great room + kitchen · Garage / shop bay

2-bed sleeping wing at the front, great room + kitchen in the middle, garage / shop bay at the rear. Capacity: 2-bed home + attached shop bay.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shop partition wall, porch framing, spray-foam package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Barndominium Wing in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Barndominium Wing.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Barndominium Wing spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Barndominium Wing.

DAILY USEEveryday barndominium wing
Everyday barndominium wing
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a barndominium wing.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbarndominium wing + seasonal storage
barndominium wing + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Barndominium Wing — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$754/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 barndominium wing is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $754/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Barndominium Wing shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Barndominium Wing buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Barndominium Wing

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Barndominium Wing also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Barndominium Wing questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 barndominium wing cost?

A 20×80 barndominium wing from Steel and Stud starts at $36,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $754/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 barndominium wing price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud barndominium wing ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 barndominium wing?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud barndominium wing different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 barndominium wing need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 barndominium wing delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 barndominium wing without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $754/month on a 20×80 barndominium wing.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 barndominium wing?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 barndominium wing in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 barndominium wing add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 barndominium wing typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Barndominium Wing quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$36,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Barndominium Wing

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Barndominium Wing | Steel and Stud — From $36,200
12
20×80 Barndominium Wing
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$41,250$36,200SAVE $5,050
or $754/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Barndominium Wing

20×80 Barndominium Wing, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 barndominium wing from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Barndominium Wing·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$36,200$41,250Save $5,050
or as low as $754/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$36,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-BARNDOMINIUM-WINBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your barndominium shell.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Split layout — living one end, shop the other. The 20×80 barndominium wing from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

2-bed sleeping wingGreat room + kitchenGarage / shop bay20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · barndominium shell

2-bed sleeping wing · Great room + kitchen · Garage / shop bay

2-bed sleeping wing at the front, great room + kitchen in the middle, garage / shop bay at the rear. Capacity: 2-bed home + attached shop bay.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shop partition wall, porch framing, spray-foam package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Barndominium Wing in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Barndominium Wing.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Barndominium Wing spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Barndominium Wing.

DAILY USEEveryday barndominium wing
Everyday barndominium wing
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a barndominium wing.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbarndominium wing + seasonal storage
barndominium wing + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Barndominium Wing — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$754/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 barndominium wing is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $754/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Barndominium Wing shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Barndominium Wing buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Barndominium Wing

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Barndominium Wing also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Barndominium Wing questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 barndominium wing cost?

A 20×80 barndominium wing from Steel and Stud starts at $36,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $754/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 barndominium wing price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud barndominium wing ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 barndominium wing?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud barndominium wing different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 barndominium wing need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 barndominium wing delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 barndominium wing without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $754/month on a 20×80 barndominium wing.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 barndominium wing?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 barndominium wing in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 barndominium wing add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 barndominium wing typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Barndominium Wing quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$36,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Workshop Run

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Workshop Run | Steel and Stud — From $27,450
12
20×80 Workshop Run
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$31,300$27,450SAVE $3,850
or $572/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Workshop Run

20×80 Workshop Run, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 workshop run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Workshop Run·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$27,450$31,300Save $3,850
or as low as $572/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$27,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-WORKSHOP-RUNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 20×80 workshop run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Workshop Run in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Workshop Run.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Workshop Run spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Workshop Run.

DAILY USEEveryday workshop run
Everyday workshop run
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a workshop run.
STORAGE OVERFLOWworkshop run + seasonal storage
workshop run + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Workshop Run — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$572/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 workshop run is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $572/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Workshop Run shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Workshop Run buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Workshop Run

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Workshop Run also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Workshop Run questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 workshop run cost?

A 20×80 workshop run from Steel and Stud starts at $27,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 workshop run price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud workshop run ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 workshop run?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud workshop run different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 workshop run need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 workshop run delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 workshop run without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $572/month on a 20×80 workshop run.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 workshop run?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 workshop run in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 workshop run add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 workshop run typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Workshop Run quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$27,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Workshop Run

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Workshop Run | Steel and Stud — From $27,450
12
20×80 Workshop Run
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$31,300$27,450SAVE $3,850
or $572/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Workshop Run

20×80 Workshop Run, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 workshop run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Workshop Run·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$27,450$31,300Save $3,850
or as low as $572/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$27,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-WORKSHOP-RUNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 20×80 workshop run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Workshop Run in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Workshop Run.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Workshop Run spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Workshop Run.

DAILY USEEveryday workshop run
Everyday workshop run
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a workshop run.
STORAGE OVERFLOWworkshop run + seasonal storage
workshop run + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Workshop Run — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$572/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 workshop run is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $572/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Workshop Run shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Workshop Run buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Workshop Run

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Workshop Run also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Workshop Run questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 workshop run cost?

A 20×80 workshop run from Steel and Stud starts at $27,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 workshop run price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud workshop run ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 workshop run?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud workshop run different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 workshop run need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 workshop run delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 workshop run without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $572/month on a 20×80 workshop run.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 workshop run?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 workshop run in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 workshop run add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 workshop run typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Workshop Run quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$27,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Horse Run-In with Tack

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Horse Run In Tack | Steel and Stud — From $25,250
12
20×80 Horse Run In Tack
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,800$25,250SAVE $3,550
or $526/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Horse Run In Tack

20×80 Horse Run In Tack, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 horse run in tack from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Run In Tack·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$25,250$28,800Save $3,550
or as low as $526/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$25,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-HORSE-RUN-IN-TACBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 20×80 horse run in tack from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

5 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

5 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

5 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 5 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Horse Run In Tack in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Run In Tack.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Run In Tack spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Run In Tack.

DAILY USEEveryday horse run in tack
Everyday horse run in tack
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse run in tack.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse run in tack + seasonal storage
horse run in tack + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Horse Run In Tack — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$526/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 horse run in tack is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $526/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Run In Tack shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Horse Run In Tack buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Horse Run In Tack

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Run In Tack also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Run In Tack questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 horse run in tack cost?

A 20×80 horse run in tack from Steel and Stud starts at $25,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $526/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 horse run in tack price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse run in tack ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 horse run in tack?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse run in tack different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 horse run in tack need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 horse run in tack delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 horse run in tack without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $526/month on a 20×80 horse run in tack.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 horse run in tack?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 horse run in tack in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 horse run in tack add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 horse run in tack typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Run In Tack quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$25,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Horse Run-In with Tack

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Horse Run In Tack | Steel and Stud — From $25,250
12
20×80 Horse Run In Tack
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,800$25,250SAVE $3,550
or $526/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Horse Run In Tack

20×80 Horse Run In Tack, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 horse run in tack from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Run In Tack·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$25,250$28,800Save $3,550
or as low as $526/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$25,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-HORSE-RUN-IN-TACBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 20×80 horse run in tack from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

5 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

5 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

5 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 5 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Horse Run In Tack in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Run In Tack.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Run In Tack spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Run In Tack.

DAILY USEEveryday horse run in tack
Everyday horse run in tack
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse run in tack.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse run in tack + seasonal storage
horse run in tack + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Horse Run In Tack — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$526/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 horse run in tack is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $526/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Run In Tack shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Horse Run In Tack buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Horse Run In Tack

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Run In Tack also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Run In Tack questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 horse run in tack cost?

A 20×80 horse run in tack from Steel and Stud starts at $25,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $526/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 horse run in tack price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse run in tack ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 horse run in tack?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse run in tack different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 horse run in tack need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 horse run in tack delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 horse run in tack without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $526/month on a 20×80 horse run in tack.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 horse run in tack?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 horse run in tack in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 horse run in tack add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 horse run in tack typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Run In Tack quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$25,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Batting Cage Building

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Batting Cage Building | Steel and Stud — From $36,200
12
20×80 Batting Cage Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$41,250$36,200SAVE $5,050
or $754/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Batting Cage Building

20×80 Batting Cage Building, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Batting Cage Building·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$36,200$41,250Save $5,050
or as low as $754/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$36,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-BATTING-CAGE-BUIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your batting cage building layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. The 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · batting cage building layout

Batting Cage Building layout.

The 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

💡 Pro tip:Batting Cage Building at 20×80 — stud-framed and insulation-ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Batting Cage Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Batting Cage Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Batting Cage Building spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Batting Cage Building.

DAILY USEEveryday batting cage building
Everyday batting cage building
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a batting cage building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbatting cage building + seasonal storage
batting cage building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Batting Cage Building — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$754/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 batting cage building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $754/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Batting Cage Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Batting Cage Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Batting Cage Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Batting Cage Building also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Batting Cage Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 batting cage building cost?

A 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud starts at $36,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $754/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 batting cage building price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud batting cage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 batting cage building?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud batting cage building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 batting cage building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 batting cage building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 batting cage building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $754/month on a 20×80 batting cage building.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 batting cage building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 batting cage building in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 batting cage building add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 batting cage building typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Batting Cage Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$36,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Batting Cage Building

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Batting Cage Building | Steel and Stud — From $36,200
12
20×80 Batting Cage Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$41,250$36,200SAVE $5,050
or $754/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Batting Cage Building

20×80 Batting Cage Building, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Batting Cage Building·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$36,200$41,250Save $5,050
or as low as $754/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$36,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-BATTING-CAGE-BUIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your batting cage building layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. The 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Pickup #1Pickup #2Workshop area20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · batting cage building layout

Batting Cage Building layout.

The 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

💡 Pro tip:Batting Cage Building at 20×80 — stud-framed and insulation-ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Batting Cage Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Batting Cage Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Batting Cage Building spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Batting Cage Building.

DAILY USEEveryday batting cage building
Everyday batting cage building
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a batting cage building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbatting cage building + seasonal storage
batting cage building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Batting Cage Building — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$754/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 batting cage building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $754/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Batting Cage Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Batting Cage Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Batting Cage Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Batting Cage Building also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Batting Cage Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 batting cage building cost?

A 20×80 batting cage building from Steel and Stud starts at $36,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $754/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 batting cage building price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud batting cage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 batting cage building?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud batting cage building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 batting cage building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 batting cage building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 batting cage building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $754/month on a 20×80 batting cage building.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 batting cage building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 batting cage building in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 batting cage building add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 batting cage building typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Batting Cage Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$36,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Fabrication Shop

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud — From $27,450
12
20×80 Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$31,300$27,450SAVE $3,850
or $572/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Fabrication Shop

20×80 Fabrication Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Fabrication Shop·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$27,450$31,300Save $3,850
or as low as $572/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×75
smaller
$25,700
20×80
this size
$27,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-FABRICATION-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 20×80 fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday fabrication shop
Everyday fabrication shop
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfabrication shop + seasonal storage
fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Fabrication Shop — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$572/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $572/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 fabrication shop cost?

A 20×80 fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $27,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 fabrication shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $572/month on a 20×80 fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 fabrication shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 fabrication shop typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$27,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Fabrication Shop

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud — From $27,450
12
20×80 Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$31,300$27,450SAVE $3,850
or $572/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Fabrication Shop

20×80 Fabrication Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Fabrication Shop·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$27,450$31,300Save $3,850
or as low as $572/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×75
smaller
$25,700
20×80
this size
$27,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-FABRICATION-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 20×80 fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday fabrication shop
Everyday fabrication shop
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfabrication shop + seasonal storage
fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Fabrication Shop — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$572/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $572/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 fabrication shop cost?

A 20×80 fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $27,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $572/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 fabrication shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $572/month on a 20×80 fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 fabrication shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 fabrication shop typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$27,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Mini-Storage Run

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Mini Storage Run | Steel and Stud — From $21,950
12
20×80 Mini Storage Run
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$25,000$21,950SAVE $3,050
or $457/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Mini Storage Run

20×80 Mini Storage Run, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 mini storage run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Mini Storage Run·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,950$25,000Save $3,050
or as low as $457/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$21,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-MINI-STORAGE-RUNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your starter storage row.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Single-row drive-up configuration. The 20×80 mini storage run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Unit row (roll-up doors)Drive aisleKeypad entry20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · starter storage row

Unit row (roll-up doors) · Drive aisle · Keypad entry

Unit row (roll-up doors) at the front, drive aisle in the middle, keypad entry at the rear. Capacity: ~12 rentable 10×10-equivalent units.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: partition kit, roll-up door upgrade, gutter package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Mini Storage Run in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Mini Storage Run.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Mini Storage Run spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Mini Storage Run.

DAILY USEEveryday mini storage run
Everyday mini storage run
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a mini storage run.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmini storage run + seasonal storage
mini storage run + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Mini Storage Run — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$457/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 mini storage run is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $457/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Mini Storage Run shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Mini Storage Run buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Mini Storage Run

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Mini Storage Run also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Mini Storage Run questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 mini storage run cost?

A 20×80 mini storage run from Steel and Stud starts at $21,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $457/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 mini storage run price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud mini storage run ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 mini storage run?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud mini storage run different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 mini storage run need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 mini storage run delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 mini storage run without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $457/month on a 20×80 mini storage run.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 mini storage run?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 mini storage run in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 mini storage run add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 mini storage run typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Mini Storage Run quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$21,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Mini-Storage Run

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Mini Storage Run | Steel and Stud — From $21,950
12
20×80 Mini Storage Run
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$25,000$21,950SAVE $3,050
or $457/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Mini Storage Run

20×80 Mini Storage Run, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 mini storage run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Mini Storage Run·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,950$25,000Save $3,050
or as low as $457/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$21,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-MINI-STORAGE-RUNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your starter storage row.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Single-row drive-up configuration. The 20×80 mini storage run from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Unit row (roll-up doors)Drive aisleKeypad entry20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · starter storage row

Unit row (roll-up doors) · Drive aisle · Keypad entry

Unit row (roll-up doors) at the front, drive aisle in the middle, keypad entry at the rear. Capacity: ~12 rentable 10×10-equivalent units.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: partition kit, roll-up door upgrade, gutter package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Mini Storage Run in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Mini Storage Run.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Mini Storage Run spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Mini Storage Run.

DAILY USEEveryday mini storage run
Everyday mini storage run
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a mini storage run.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmini storage run + seasonal storage
mini storage run + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Mini Storage Run — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$457/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 mini storage run is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $457/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Mini Storage Run shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Mini Storage Run buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Mini Storage Run

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Mini Storage Run also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏡 20×80

Hobby Shop + Loft

20×80 hobby shop + loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Shop + Loft →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Mini Storage Run questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 mini storage run cost?

A 20×80 mini storage run from Steel and Stud starts at $21,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $457/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 mini storage run price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud mini storage run ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 mini storage run?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud mini storage run different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 mini storage run need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 mini storage run delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 mini storage run without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $457/month on a 20×80 mini storage run.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 mini storage run?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 mini storage run in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 mini storage run add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 mini storage run typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Mini Storage Run quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$21,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Hobby Shop + Loft

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Hobby Shop Loft | Steel and Stud — From $21,950
12
20×80 Hobby Shop Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$25,000$21,950SAVE $3,050
or $457/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Hobby Shop Loft

20×80 Hobby Shop Loft, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 hobby shop loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Hobby Shop Loft·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,950$25,000Save $3,050
or as low as $457/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$21,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-HOBBY-SHOP-LOFTBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your entertainment suite.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Zoned so the game side stays loud and the suite stays quiet. The 20×80 hobby shop loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Great-room loungeBAR + GAME ZONEGuest suite + bath + storage20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · entertainment suite

Great-room lounge · Bar + game zone · Guest suite + bath + storage

Great-room lounge at the front, bar + game zone in the middle, guest suite + bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: full entertaining suite, 64+ guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: full bar, golf-sim bay, guest suite.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Hobby Shop Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Shop Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Shop Loft spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Shop Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby shop loft
Everyday hobby shop loft
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby shop loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby shop loft + seasonal storage
hobby shop loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Hobby Shop Loft — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$457/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 hobby shop loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $457/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Shop Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Hobby Shop Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Hobby Shop Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Shop Loft also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Shop Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 hobby shop loft cost?

A 20×80 hobby shop loft from Steel and Stud starts at $21,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $457/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 hobby shop loft price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud hobby shop loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 hobby shop loft?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby shop loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 hobby shop loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 hobby shop loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 hobby shop loft without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $457/month on a 20×80 hobby shop loft.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 hobby shop loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 hobby shop loft in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 hobby shop loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 hobby shop loft typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Shop Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$21,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
20x80 metal building: free-standing fully enclosed view, 1,600 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

20×80 Hobby Shop + Loft

1,600 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 80′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×80 steel building delivers 1,600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
20×80 Hobby Shop Loft | Steel and Stud — From $21,950
12
20×80 Hobby Shop Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$25,000$21,950SAVE $3,050
or $457/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings20×80Hobby Shop Loft

20×80 Hobby Shop Loft, built for daily backyard use.

The 20×80 hobby shop loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Hobby Shop Loft·Size20×80·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,950$25,000Save $3,050
or as low as $457/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×80
20×80
this size
$21,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,600 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X80-HOBBY-SHOP-LOFTBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your entertainment suite.

20 feet wide × 80 feet long. Zoned so the game side stays loud and the suite stays quiet. The 20×80 hobby shop loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,600 sq ft to work.

Great-room loungeBAR + GAME ZONEGuest suite + bath + storage20′ × 80′ · 1,600 sq ft · entertainment suite

Great-room lounge · Bar + game zone · Guest suite + bath + storage

Great-room lounge at the front, bar + game zone in the middle, guest suite + bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: full entertaining suite, 64+ guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: full bar, golf-sim bay, guest suite.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×80 Hobby Shop Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Shop Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×80 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Shop Loft spec sheet.

Width20'
Length80' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Shop Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby shop loft
Everyday hobby shop loft
1,600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby shop loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby shop loft + seasonal storage
hobby shop loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×80 Hobby Shop Loft — what makes it different.

1,600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$457/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×80 hobby shop loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $457/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×80?

1,600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 80′ footprint with 1,600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $12,800–$19,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Shop Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×80 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 20×80 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×80 Hobby Shop Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×80 Hobby Shop Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Shop Loft also viewed:

🏡 20×80

Tandem Garage

20×80 tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tandem Garage →
🎯 20×80

RV Cover with Side Entry

20×80 rv cover with side entry configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Side Entry →
🏢 20×80

Fleet Garage

20×80 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 20×80

Auto Repair Shop

20×80 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 20×80

Equipment Shed

20×80 equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Shed →
🏡 20×80

Barndominium Wing

20×80 barndominium wing configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Wing →
🏢 20×80

Workshop Run

20×80 workshop run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Run →
🌾 20×80

Horse Run-In with Tack

20×80 horse run-in with tack configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Run-In with Tack →
🎯 20×80

Batting Cage Building

20×80 batting cage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$36,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Batting Cage Building →
🏭 20×80

Fabrication Shop

20×80 fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop →
🏢 20×80

Mini-Storage Run

20×80 mini-storage run configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage Run →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Shop Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 20×80 hobby shop loft cost?

A 20×80 hobby shop loft from Steel and Stud starts at $21,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $457/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×80 hobby shop loft price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud hobby shop loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×80 hobby shop loft?

Almost always for 1,600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby shop loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×80 hobby shop loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×80 hobby shop loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×80 hobby shop loft without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $457/month on a 20×80 hobby shop loft.

What warranty comes with the 20×80 hobby shop loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×80 hobby shop loft in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×80 hobby shop loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×80 hobby shop loft typically adds $12,800–$19,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Shop Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$21,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Three-Car Tandem Garage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage | Steel and Stud — From $14,950
12
22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,050$14,950SAVE $2,100
or $311/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Three Car Tandem Garage

22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 three car tandem garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Three Car Tandem Garage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,950$17,050Save $2,100
or as low as $311/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$14,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-THREE-CAR-TANDEMBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×46 three car tandem garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Three Car Tandem Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Three Car Tandem Garage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Three Car Tandem Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday three car tandem garage
Everyday three car tandem garage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a three car tandem garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWthree car tandem garage + seasonal storage
three car tandem garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$311/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 three car tandem garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $311/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Three Car Tandem Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Three Car Tandem Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Three Car Tandem Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 three car tandem garage cost?

A 22×46 three car tandem garage from Steel and Stud starts at $14,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $311/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 three car tandem garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud three car tandem garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 three car tandem garage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud three car tandem garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 three car tandem garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 three car tandem garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 three car tandem garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $311/month on a 22×46 three car tandem garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 three car tandem garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 three car tandem garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 three car tandem garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 three car tandem garage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Three Car Tandem Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$14,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Three-Car Tandem Garage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage | Steel and Stud — From $14,950
12
22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,050$14,950SAVE $2,100
or $311/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Three Car Tandem Garage

22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 three car tandem garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Three Car Tandem Garage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,950$17,050Save $2,100
or as low as $311/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$14,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-THREE-CAR-TANDEMBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×46 three car tandem garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Three Car Tandem Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Three Car Tandem Garage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Three Car Tandem Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday three car tandem garage
Everyday three car tandem garage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a three car tandem garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWthree car tandem garage + seasonal storage
three car tandem garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$311/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 three car tandem garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $311/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Three Car Tandem Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Three Car Tandem Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Three Car Tandem Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Three Car Tandem Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 three car tandem garage cost?

A 22×46 three car tandem garage from Steel and Stud starts at $14,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $311/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 three car tandem garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud three car tandem garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 three car tandem garage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud three car tandem garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 three car tandem garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 three car tandem garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 three car tandem garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $311/month on a 22×46 three car tandem garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 three car tandem garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 three car tandem garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 three car tandem garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 three car tandem garage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Three Car Tandem Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 RV Cover with Rear Workshop

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46RV Cover Rear Workshop

22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 rv cover rear workshop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:RV Cover Rear Workshop·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-RV-COVER-REAR-WOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. The 22×46 rv cover rear workshop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

RV bayDAILY DRIVERGear / storage22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Gear / storage

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, gear / storage at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 42ft + 1 daily driver.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 14-ft roll-up door, gable ends, insulation package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover Rear Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover Rear Workshop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover Rear Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover rear workshop
Everyday rv cover rear workshop
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover rear workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover rear workshop + seasonal storage
rv cover rear workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 rv cover rear workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover Rear Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover Rear Workshop also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover Rear Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop cost?

A 22×46 rv cover rear workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 rv cover rear workshop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud rv cover rear workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover rear workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 rv cover rear workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 rv cover rear workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 rv cover rear workshop typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover Rear Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 RV Cover with Rear Workshop

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46RV Cover Rear Workshop

22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 rv cover rear workshop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:RV Cover Rear Workshop·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-RV-COVER-REAR-WOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. The 22×46 rv cover rear workshop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

RV bayDAILY DRIVERGear / storage22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Gear / storage

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, gear / storage at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 42ft + 1 daily driver.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 14-ft roll-up door, gable ends, insulation package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover Rear Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover Rear Workshop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover Rear Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover rear workshop
Everyday rv cover rear workshop
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover rear workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover rear workshop + seasonal storage
rv cover rear workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 rv cover rear workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover Rear Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 RV Cover Rear Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover Rear Workshop also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover Rear Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop cost?

A 22×46 rv cover rear workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 rv cover rear workshop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud rv cover rear workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover rear workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 rv cover rear workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 rv cover rear workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 rv cover rear workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 rv cover rear workshop typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover Rear Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Small Horse Barn

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Small Horse Barn | Steel and Stud — From $17,200
12
22×46 Small Horse Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,600$17,200SAVE $2,400
or $358/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Small Horse Barn

22×46 Small Horse Barn, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 small horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Small Horse Barn·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,200$19,600Save $2,400
or as low as $358/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$17,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-SMALL-HORSE-BARNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 22×46 small horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Small Horse Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Small Horse Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Small Horse Barn spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Small Horse Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday small horse barn
Everyday small horse barn
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a small horse barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsmall horse barn + seasonal storage
small horse barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Small Horse Barn — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$358/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 small horse barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $358/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Small Horse Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Small Horse Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Small Horse Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Small Horse Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Small Horse Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 small horse barn cost?

A 22×46 small horse barn from Steel and Stud starts at $17,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $358/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 small horse barn price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud small horse barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 small horse barn?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud small horse barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 small horse barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 small horse barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 small horse barn without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $358/month on a 22×46 small horse barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 small horse barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 small horse barn in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 small horse barn add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 small horse barn typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Small Horse Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Small Horse Barn

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Small Horse Barn | Steel and Stud — From $17,200
12
22×46 Small Horse Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,600$17,200SAVE $2,400
or $358/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Small Horse Barn

22×46 Small Horse Barn, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 small horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Small Horse Barn·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,200$19,600Save $2,400
or as low as $358/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$17,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-SMALL-HORSE-BARNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 22×46 small horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Small Horse Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Small Horse Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Small Horse Barn spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Small Horse Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday small horse barn
Everyday small horse barn
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a small horse barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsmall horse barn + seasonal storage
small horse barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Small Horse Barn — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$358/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 small horse barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $358/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Small Horse Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Small Horse Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Small Horse Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Small Horse Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Small Horse Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 small horse barn cost?

A 22×46 small horse barn from Steel and Stud starts at $17,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $358/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 small horse barn price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud small horse barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 small horse barn?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud small horse barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 small horse barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 small horse barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 small horse barn without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $358/month on a 22×46 small horse barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 small horse barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 small horse barn in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 small horse barn add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 small horse barn typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Small Horse Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Contractor Workshop and Storage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Contractor Workshop Storage

22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 contractor workshop storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Contractor Workshop Storage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-CONTRACTOR-WORKSBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×46 contractor workshop storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Workshop Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Workshop Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Workshop Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor workshop storage
Everyday contractor workshop storage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor workshop storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor workshop storage + seasonal storage
contractor workshop storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 contractor workshop storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Workshop Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Workshop Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Workshop Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 contractor workshop storage cost?

A 22×46 contractor workshop storage from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 contractor workshop storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud contractor workshop storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 contractor workshop storage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor workshop storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 contractor workshop storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 contractor workshop storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 contractor workshop storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 contractor workshop storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 contractor workshop storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 contractor workshop storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 contractor workshop storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 contractor workshop storage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Workshop Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Contractor Workshop and Storage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Contractor Workshop Storage

22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 contractor workshop storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Contractor Workshop Storage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-CONTRACTOR-WORKSBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×46 contractor workshop storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Workshop Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Workshop Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Workshop Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor workshop storage
Everyday contractor workshop storage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor workshop storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor workshop storage + seasonal storage
contractor workshop storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 contractor workshop storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Workshop Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Contractor Workshop Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Workshop Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Workshop Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 contractor workshop storage cost?

A 22×46 contractor workshop storage from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 contractor workshop storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud contractor workshop storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 contractor workshop storage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor workshop storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 contractor workshop storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 contractor workshop storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 contractor workshop storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 contractor workshop storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 contractor workshop storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 contractor workshop storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 contractor workshop storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 contractor workshop storage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Workshop Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Detached Garage with Loft

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Detached Garage Loft | Steel and Stud — From $14,950
12
22×46 Detached Garage Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,050$14,950SAVE $2,100
or $311/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Detached Garage Loft

22×46 Detached Garage Loft, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 detached garage loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Detached Garage Loft·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,950$17,050Save $2,100
or as low as $311/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$14,950
22×48
longer
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-DETACHED-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×46 detached garage loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Detached Garage Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Garage Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Garage Loft spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Garage Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday detached garage loft
Everyday detached garage loft
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached garage loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached garage loft + seasonal storage
detached garage loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Detached Garage Loft — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$311/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 detached garage loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $311/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Garage Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Detached Garage Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Detached Garage Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Garage Loft also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Garage Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 detached garage loft cost?

A 22×46 detached garage loft from Steel and Stud starts at $14,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $311/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 detached garage loft price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud detached garage loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 detached garage loft?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached garage loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 detached garage loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 detached garage loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 detached garage loft without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $311/month on a 22×46 detached garage loft.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 detached garage loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 detached garage loft in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 detached garage loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 detached garage loft typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Garage Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$14,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Detached Garage with Loft

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Detached Garage Loft | Steel and Stud — From $14,950
12
22×46 Detached Garage Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,050$14,950SAVE $2,100
or $311/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Detached Garage Loft

22×46 Detached Garage Loft, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 detached garage loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Detached Garage Loft·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,950$17,050Save $2,100
or as low as $311/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$14,950
22×48
longer
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-DETACHED-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×46 detached garage loft from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Detached Garage Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Garage Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Garage Loft spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Garage Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday detached garage loft
Everyday detached garage loft
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached garage loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached garage loft + seasonal storage
detached garage loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Detached Garage Loft — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$311/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 detached garage loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $311/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Garage Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Detached Garage Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Detached Garage Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Garage Loft also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Garage Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 detached garage loft cost?

A 22×46 detached garage loft from Steel and Stud starts at $14,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $311/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 detached garage loft price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud detached garage loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 detached garage loft?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached garage loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 detached garage loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 detached garage loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 detached garage loft without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $311/month on a 22×46 detached garage loft.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 detached garage loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 detached garage loft in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 detached garage loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 detached garage loft typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Garage Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Man Cave or She Shed Combo

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo | Steel and Stud — From $24,650
12
22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,100$24,650SAVE $3,450
or $514/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Man Cave She Shed Combo

22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 man cave she shed combo from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Man Cave She Shed Combo·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$24,650$28,100Save $3,450
or as low as $514/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$24,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Stud-framed and drywall-ready interior when you finish it out. The 22×46 man cave she shed combo from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Main loungeKitchenetteBath + storage22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Kitchenette · Bath + storage

Main lounge at the front, kitchenette in the middle, bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: entertaining space for 40 guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: media wall, covered porch, French doors.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave She Shed Combo.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave She Shed Combo spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave She Shed Combo.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave she shed combo
Everyday man cave she shed combo
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave she shed combo.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave she shed combo + seasonal storage
man cave she shed combo + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$514/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 man cave she shed combo is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $514/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave She Shed Combo shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave She Shed Combo also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave She Shed Combo questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 man cave she shed combo cost?

A 22×46 man cave she shed combo from Steel and Stud starts at $24,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $514/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 man cave she shed combo price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud man cave she shed combo ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 man cave she shed combo?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave she shed combo different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 man cave she shed combo need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 man cave she shed combo delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 man cave she shed combo without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $514/month on a 22×46 man cave she shed combo.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 man cave she shed combo?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 man cave she shed combo in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 man cave she shed combo add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 man cave she shed combo typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave She Shed Combo quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$24,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Man Cave or She Shed Combo

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo | Steel and Stud — From $24,650
12
22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,100$24,650SAVE $3,450
or $514/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Man Cave She Shed Combo

22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 man cave she shed combo from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Man Cave She Shed Combo·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$24,650$28,100Save $3,450
or as low as $514/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$24,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Stud-framed and drywall-ready interior when you finish it out. The 22×46 man cave she shed combo from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Main loungeKitchenetteBath + storage22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Kitchenette · Bath + storage

Main lounge at the front, kitchenette in the middle, bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: entertaining space for 40 guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: media wall, covered porch, French doors.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave She Shed Combo.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave She Shed Combo spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave She Shed Combo.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave she shed combo
Everyday man cave she shed combo
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave she shed combo.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave she shed combo + seasonal storage
man cave she shed combo + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$514/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 man cave she shed combo is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $514/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave She Shed Combo shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Man Cave She Shed Combo

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave She Shed Combo also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave She Shed Combo questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 man cave she shed combo cost?

A 22×46 man cave she shed combo from Steel and Stud starts at $24,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $514/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 man cave she shed combo price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud man cave she shed combo ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 man cave she shed combo?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave she shed combo different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 man cave she shed combo need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 man cave she shed combo delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 man cave she shed combo without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $514/month on a 22×46 man cave she shed combo.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 man cave she shed combo?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 man cave she shed combo in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 man cave she shed combo add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 man cave she shed combo typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave She Shed Combo quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$24,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Equipment and Hay Storage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Equipment Hay Storage | Steel and Stud — From $17,200
12
22×46 Equipment Hay Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,600$17,200SAVE $2,400
or $358/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Equipment Hay Storage

22×46 Equipment Hay Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 equipment hay storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Equipment Hay Storage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,200$19,600Save $2,400
or as low as $358/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$17,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-EQUIPMENT-HAY-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your hay-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft clearance takes a loaded bale spear. The 22×46 equipment hay storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Bale stack rowsFEED ALLEYTractor access bay22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · hay-barn layout

Bale stack rows · Feed alley · Tractor access bay

Bale stack rows at the front, feed alley in the middle, tractor access bay at the rear. Capacity: ~189 sq bales or 9 round bales.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through doors, lean-to feed alley, grain bin pad.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Equipment Hay Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equipment Hay Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equipment Hay Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equipment Hay Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday equipment hay storage
Everyday equipment hay storage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equipment hay storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequipment hay storage + seasonal storage
equipment hay storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Equipment Hay Storage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$358/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 equipment hay storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $358/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equipment Hay Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Equipment Hay Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Equipment Hay Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equipment Hay Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equipment Hay Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 equipment hay storage cost?

A 22×46 equipment hay storage from Steel and Stud starts at $17,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $358/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 equipment hay storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud equipment hay storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 equipment hay storage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equipment hay storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 equipment hay storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 equipment hay storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 equipment hay storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $358/month on a 22×46 equipment hay storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 equipment hay storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 equipment hay storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 equipment hay storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 equipment hay storage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Equipment Hay Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Equipment and Hay Storage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Equipment Hay Storage | Steel and Stud — From $17,200
12
22×46 Equipment Hay Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,600$17,200SAVE $2,400
or $358/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Equipment Hay Storage

22×46 Equipment Hay Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 equipment hay storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Equipment Hay Storage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,200$19,600Save $2,400
or as low as $358/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$17,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-EQUIPMENT-HAY-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your hay-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft clearance takes a loaded bale spear. The 22×46 equipment hay storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Bale stack rowsFEED ALLEYTractor access bay22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · hay-barn layout

Bale stack rows · Feed alley · Tractor access bay

Bale stack rows at the front, feed alley in the middle, tractor access bay at the rear. Capacity: ~189 sq bales or 9 round bales.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through doors, lean-to feed alley, grain bin pad.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Equipment Hay Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equipment Hay Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equipment Hay Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equipment Hay Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday equipment hay storage
Everyday equipment hay storage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equipment hay storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequipment hay storage + seasonal storage
equipment hay storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Equipment Hay Storage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$358/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 equipment hay storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $358/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equipment Hay Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Equipment Hay Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Equipment Hay Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equipment Hay Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equipment Hay Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 equipment hay storage cost?

A 22×46 equipment hay storage from Steel and Stud starts at $17,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $358/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 equipment hay storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud equipment hay storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 equipment hay storage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equipment hay storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 equipment hay storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 equipment hay storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 equipment hay storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $358/month on a 22×46 equipment hay storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 equipment hay storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 equipment hay storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 equipment hay storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 equipment hay storage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Equipment Hay Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Auto Repair Garage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Auto Repair Garage | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 Auto Repair Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Auto Repair Garage

22×46 Auto Repair Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 auto repair garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Auto Repair Garage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-AUTO-REPAIR-GARABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your one-bay auto shop.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 12-ft ceiling gives full lift travel. The 22×46 auto repair garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Lift bayBench + tool wallParts shelving22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · one-bay auto shop

Lift bay · Bench + tool wall · Parts shelving

Lift bay at the front, bench + tool wall in the middle, parts shelving at the rear. Capacity: 1 two-post lift + bench work.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: two-post lift, compressor closet, waste-oil caddy.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Auto Repair Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Garage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair garage
Everyday auto repair garage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair garage + seasonal storage
auto repair garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Auto Repair Garage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 auto repair garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Auto Repair Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Auto Repair Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 auto repair garage cost?

A 22×46 auto repair garage from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 auto repair garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud auto repair garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 auto repair garage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 auto repair garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 auto repair garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 auto repair garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 auto repair garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 auto repair garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 auto repair garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 auto repair garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 auto repair garage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Auto Repair Garage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Auto Repair Garage | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 Auto Repair Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Auto Repair Garage

22×46 Auto Repair Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 auto repair garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Auto Repair Garage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-AUTO-REPAIR-GARABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your one-bay auto shop.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 12-ft ceiling gives full lift travel. The 22×46 auto repair garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Lift bayBench + tool wallParts shelving22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · one-bay auto shop

Lift bay · Bench + tool wall · Parts shelving

Lift bay at the front, bench + tool wall in the middle, parts shelving at the rear. Capacity: 1 two-post lift + bench work.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: two-post lift, compressor closet, waste-oil caddy.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Auto Repair Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Garage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair garage
Everyday auto repair garage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair garage + seasonal storage
auto repair garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Auto Repair Garage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 auto repair garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Auto Repair Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Auto Repair Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 auto repair garage cost?

A 22×46 auto repair garage from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 auto repair garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud auto repair garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 auto repair garage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 auto repair garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 auto repair garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 auto repair garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 auto repair garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 auto repair garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 auto repair garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 auto repair garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 auto repair garage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Boat and Trailer Cover

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Boat Trailer Cover | Steel and Stud — From $24,650
12
22×46 Boat Trailer Cover
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,100$24,650SAVE $3,450
or $514/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Boat Trailer Cover

22×46 Boat Trailer Cover, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 boat trailer cover from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Boat Trailer Cover·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$24,650$28,100Save $3,450
or as low as $514/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$24,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-BOAT-TRAILER-COVBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 12-ft doors take a pontoon on bunks. The 22×46 boat trailer cover from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Boat + trailer baySecond toy / daily driverRinse + gear zone22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer bay · Second toy / daily driver · Rinse + gear zone

Boat + trailer bay at the front, second toy / daily driver in the middle, rinse + gear zone at the rear. Capacity: 1 boat to 40ft + a second toy.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: rinse-down bay, overhead rod racks, winch point.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Boat Trailer Cover in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat Trailer Cover.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat Trailer Cover spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat Trailer Cover.

DAILY USEEveryday boat trailer cover
Everyday boat trailer cover
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat trailer cover.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat trailer cover + seasonal storage
boat trailer cover + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Boat Trailer Cover — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$514/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 boat trailer cover is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $514/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat Trailer Cover shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Boat Trailer Cover buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Boat Trailer Cover

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat Trailer Cover also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat Trailer Cover questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 boat trailer cover cost?

A 22×46 boat trailer cover from Steel and Stud starts at $24,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $514/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 boat trailer cover price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud boat trailer cover ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 boat trailer cover?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat trailer cover different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 boat trailer cover need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 boat trailer cover delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 boat trailer cover without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $514/month on a 22×46 boat trailer cover.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 boat trailer cover?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 boat trailer cover in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 boat trailer cover add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 boat trailer cover typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Boat Trailer Cover quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$24,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Boat and Trailer Cover

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Boat Trailer Cover | Steel and Stud — From $24,650
12
22×46 Boat Trailer Cover
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,100$24,650SAVE $3,450
or $514/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Boat Trailer Cover

22×46 Boat Trailer Cover, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 boat trailer cover from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Boat Trailer Cover·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$24,650$28,100Save $3,450
or as low as $514/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$24,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-BOAT-TRAILER-COVBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. 12-ft doors take a pontoon on bunks. The 22×46 boat trailer cover from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Boat + trailer baySecond toy / daily driverRinse + gear zone22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer bay · Second toy / daily driver · Rinse + gear zone

Boat + trailer bay at the front, second toy / daily driver in the middle, rinse + gear zone at the rear. Capacity: 1 boat to 40ft + a second toy.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: rinse-down bay, overhead rod racks, winch point.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Boat Trailer Cover in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat Trailer Cover.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat Trailer Cover spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat Trailer Cover.

DAILY USEEveryday boat trailer cover
Everyday boat trailer cover
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat trailer cover.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat trailer cover + seasonal storage
boat trailer cover + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Boat Trailer Cover — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$514/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 boat trailer cover is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $514/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat Trailer Cover shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Boat Trailer Cover buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Boat Trailer Cover

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat Trailer Cover also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat Trailer Cover questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 boat trailer cover cost?

A 22×46 boat trailer cover from Steel and Stud starts at $24,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $514/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 boat trailer cover price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud boat trailer cover ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 boat trailer cover?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat trailer cover different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 boat trailer cover need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 boat trailer cover delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 boat trailer cover without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $514/month on a 22×46 boat trailer cover.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 boat trailer cover?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 boat trailer cover in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 boat trailer cover add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 boat trailer cover typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Boat Trailer Cover quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$24,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Light Fabrication Shop

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Light Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 Light Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 Light Fabrication Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 light fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Light Fabrication Shop·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-LIGHT-FABRICATIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×46 light fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Light Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Light Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Light Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Light Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday light fabrication shop
Everyday light fabrication shop
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a light fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWlight fabrication shop + seasonal storage
light fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Light Fabrication Shop — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 light fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Light Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Light Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Light Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Light Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Light Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 light fabrication shop cost?

A 22×46 light fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 light fabrication shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud light fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 light fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud light fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 light fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 light fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 light fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 light fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 light fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 light fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 light fabrication shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 light fabrication shop typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Light Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Light Fabrication Shop

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Light Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×46 Light Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 Light Fabrication Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 light fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Light Fabrication Shop·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-LIGHT-FABRICATIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×46 light fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Light Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Light Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Light Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Light Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday light fabrication shop
Everyday light fabrication shop
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a light fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWlight fabrication shop + seasonal storage
light fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Light Fabrication Shop — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 light fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Light Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Light Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Light Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Light Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Light Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 light fabrication shop cost?

A 22×46 light fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 light fabrication shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud light fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 light fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud light fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 light fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 light fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 light fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×46 light fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 light fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 light fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 light fabrication shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 light fabrication shop typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Light Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Home Gym and Hobby Space

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space | Steel and Stud — From $24,650
12
22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,100$24,650SAVE $3,450
or $514/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Home Gym Hobby Space

22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 home gym hobby space from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Home Gym Hobby Space·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$24,650$28,100Save $3,450
or as low as $514/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$24,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-HOME-GYM-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your garage-gym layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Ceiling height clears wall balls and rope climbs. The 22×46 home gym hobby space from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Lifting platformsCardio rowTurf / sled lane22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · garage-gym layout

Lifting platforms · Cardio row · Turf / sled lane

Lifting platforms at the front, cardio row in the middle, turf / sled lane at the rear. Capacity: small-group training, ~22 at once.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: sled turf lane, rig bolted to slab, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Gym Hobby Space.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Gym Hobby Space spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Gym Hobby Space.

DAILY USEEveryday home gym hobby space
Everyday home gym hobby space
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home gym hobby space.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome gym hobby space + seasonal storage
home gym hobby space + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$514/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 home gym hobby space is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $514/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Gym Hobby Space shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Gym Hobby Space also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Gym Hobby Space questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 home gym hobby space cost?

A 22×46 home gym hobby space from Steel and Stud starts at $24,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $514/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 home gym hobby space price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud home gym hobby space ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 home gym hobby space?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home gym hobby space different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 home gym hobby space need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 home gym hobby space delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 home gym hobby space without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $514/month on a 22×46 home gym hobby space.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 home gym hobby space?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 home gym hobby space in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 home gym hobby space add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 home gym hobby space typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Home Gym Hobby Space quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$24,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Home Gym and Hobby Space

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space | Steel and Stud — From $24,650
12
22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,100$24,650SAVE $3,450
or $514/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Home Gym Hobby Space

22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 home gym hobby space from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Home Gym Hobby Space·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$24,650$28,100Save $3,450
or as low as $514/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$24,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-HOME-GYM-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your garage-gym layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Ceiling height clears wall balls and rope climbs. The 22×46 home gym hobby space from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Lifting platformsCardio rowTurf / sled lane22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · garage-gym layout

Lifting platforms · Cardio row · Turf / sled lane

Lifting platforms at the front, cardio row in the middle, turf / sled lane at the rear. Capacity: small-group training, ~22 at once.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: sled turf lane, rig bolted to slab, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Gym Hobby Space.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Gym Hobby Space spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Gym Hobby Space.

DAILY USEEveryday home gym hobby space
Everyday home gym hobby space
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home gym hobby space.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome gym hobby space + seasonal storage
home gym hobby space + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$514/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 home gym hobby space is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $514/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Gym Hobby Space shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Home Gym Hobby Space

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Gym Hobby Space also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🏛️ 22×46

Church or Community Storage

22×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$23,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Gym Hobby Space questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 home gym hobby space cost?

A 22×46 home gym hobby space from Steel and Stud starts at $24,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $514/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 home gym hobby space price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud home gym hobby space ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 home gym hobby space?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home gym hobby space different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 home gym hobby space need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 home gym hobby space delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 home gym hobby space without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $514/month on a 22×46 home gym hobby space.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 home gym hobby space?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 home gym hobby space in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 home gym hobby space add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 home gym hobby space typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Home Gym Hobby Space quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$24,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Church or Community Storage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Church Community Storage | Steel and Stud — From $23,150
12
22×46 Church Community Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$26,400$23,150SAVE $3,250
or $482/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Church Community Storage

22×46 Church Community Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 church community storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Church Community Storage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$23,150$26,400Save $3,250
or as low as $482/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$23,150
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-CHURCH-COMMUNITYBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your chapel layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Intimate sanctuary, single-aisle layout. The 22×46 church community storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Altar / pulpitPew areaFOYER22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · chapel layout

Altar / pulpit · Pew area · Foyer

Altar / pulpit at the front, pew area in the middle, foyer at the rear. Capacity: seats ~101.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: choir stand, narthex.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Church Community Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Church Community Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Church Community Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Church Community Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday church community storage
Everyday church community storage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a church community storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWchurch community storage + seasonal storage
church community storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Church Community Storage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$482/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 church community storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $482/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Church Community Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Church Community Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Church Community Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Church Community Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Church Community Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 church community storage cost?

A 22×46 church community storage from Steel and Stud starts at $23,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $482/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 church community storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud church community storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 church community storage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud church community storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 church community storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 church community storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 church community storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $482/month on a 22×46 church community storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 church community storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 church community storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 church community storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 church community storage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Church Community Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$23,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x46 metal building: three-quarter perspective angle, 1,012 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×46 Church or Community Storage

1,012 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×46 steel building delivers 1,012 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×46 Church Community Storage | Steel and Stud — From $23,150
12
22×46 Church Community Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$26,400$23,150SAVE $3,250
or $482/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×46Church Community Storage

22×46 Church Community Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×46 church community storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Church Community Storage·Size22×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$23,150$26,400Save $3,250
or as low as $482/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×46
22×46
this size
$23,150
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,012 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,012 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X46-CHURCH-COMMUNITYBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your chapel layout.

22 feet wide × 46 feet long. Intimate sanctuary, single-aisle layout. The 22×46 church community storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,012 sq ft to work.

Altar / pulpitPew areaFOYER22′ × 46′ · 1,012 sq ft · chapel layout

Altar / pulpit · Pew area · Foyer

Altar / pulpit at the front, pew area in the middle, foyer at the rear. Capacity: seats ~101.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: choir stand, narthex.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×46 Church Community Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Church Community Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,012 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Church Community Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,012 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Church Community Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday church community storage
Everyday church community storage
1,012 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a church community storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWchurch community storage + seasonal storage
church community storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×46 Church Community Storage — what makes it different.

1,012sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$482/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×46 church community storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $482/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×46?

1,012 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 46′ footprint with 1,012 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,096–$12,144 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Church Community Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×46 Church Community Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×46 Church Community Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Church Community Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×46

Three-Car Tandem Garage

22×46 three-car tandem garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Three-Car Tandem Garage →
🏡 22×46

RV Cover with Rear Workshop

22×46 rv cover with rear workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Cover with Rear Workshop →
🌾 22×46

Small Horse Barn

22×46 small horse barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Horse Barn →
🏢 22×46

Contractor Workshop and Storage

22×46 contractor workshop and storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Workshop and Storage →
🏡 22×46

Detached Garage with Loft

22×46 detached garage with loft configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Garage with Loft →
🎯 22×46

Man Cave or She Shed Combo

22×46 man cave or she shed combo configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave or She Shed Combo →
🌾 22×46

Equipment and Hay Storage

22×46 equipment and hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment and Hay Storage →
🏢 22×46

Auto Repair Garage

22×46 auto repair garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Garage →
🏡 22×46

Boat and Trailer Cover

22×46 boat and trailer cover configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Trailer Cover →
🏭 22×46

Light Fabrication Shop

22×46 light fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Light Fabrication Shop →
🎯 22×46

Home Gym and Hobby Space

22×46 home gym and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$24,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Gym and Hobby Space →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Church Community Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×46 church community storage cost?

A 22×46 church community storage from Steel and Stud starts at $23,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $482/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×46 church community storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud church community storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×46 church community storage?

Almost always for 1,012+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud church community storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×46 church community storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×46 church community storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×46 church community storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $482/month on a 22×46 church community storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×46 church community storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×46 church community storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×46 church community storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×46 church community storage typically adds $8,096–$12,144 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Church Community Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$23,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay

22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-TWO-CAR-DETACHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday two car detached garage workshop bay
Everyday two car detached garage workshop bay
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two car detached garage workshop bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo car detached garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
two car detached garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay also viewed:

🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay cost?

A 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud two car detached garage workshop bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two car detached garage workshop bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay

22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-TWO-CAR-DETACHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday two car detached garage workshop bay
Everyday two car detached garage workshop bay
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two car detached garage workshop bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo car detached garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
two car detached garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay also viewed:

🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay cost?

A 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud two car detached garage workshop bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two car detached garage workshop bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 two car detached garage workshop bay typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two Car Detached Garage Workshop Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes | Steel and Stud — From $16,250
12
22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,550$16,250SAVE $2,300
or $339/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50RV Garage Class Motorhomes

22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:RV Garage Class Motorhomes·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,250$18,550Save $2,300
or as low as $339/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$16,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-RV-GARAGE-CLASS-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. The 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

RV bayDaily driverGear / storage22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Gear / storage

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, gear / storage at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 45ft + 1 daily driver.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 14-ft roll-up door, gable ends, insulation package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Garage Class Motorhomes.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Garage Class Motorhomes spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Garage Class Motorhomes.

DAILY USEEveryday rv garage class motorhomes
Everyday rv garage class motorhomes
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv garage class motorhomes.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv garage class motorhomes + seasonal storage
rv garage class motorhomes + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$339/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $339/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Garage Class Motorhomes shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Garage Class Motorhomes also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Garage Class Motorhomes questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes cost?

A 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes from Steel and Stud starts at $16,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $339/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud rv garage class motorhomes ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv garage class motorhomes different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $339/month on a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Garage Class Motorhomes quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes | Steel and Stud — From $16,250
12
22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,550$16,250SAVE $2,300
or $339/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50RV Garage Class Motorhomes

22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:RV Garage Class Motorhomes·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,250$18,550Save $2,300
or as low as $339/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$16,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-RV-GARAGE-CLASS-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. The 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

RV bayDaily driverGear / storage22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Gear / storage

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, gear / storage at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 45ft + 1 daily driver.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 14-ft roll-up door, gable ends, insulation package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Garage Class Motorhomes.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Garage Class Motorhomes spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Garage Class Motorhomes.

DAILY USEEveryday rv garage class motorhomes
Everyday rv garage class motorhomes
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv garage class motorhomes.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv garage class motorhomes + seasonal storage
rv garage class motorhomes + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$339/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $339/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Garage Class Motorhomes shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 RV Garage Class Motorhomes

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Garage Class Motorhomes also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Garage Class Motorhomes questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes cost?

A 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes from Steel and Stud starts at $16,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $339/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud rv garage class motorhomes ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv garage class motorhomes different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $339/month on a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 rv garage class motorhomes typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Garage Class Motorhomes quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage

22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-TRADESPERSON-WORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday tradesperson workshop equipment storage
Everyday tradesperson workshop equipment storage
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a tradesperson workshop equipment storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtradesperson workshop equipment storage + seasonal storage
tradesperson workshop equipment storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage cost?

A 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud tradesperson workshop equipment storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud tradesperson workshop equipment storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage

22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-TRADESPERSON-WORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday tradesperson workshop equipment storage
Everyday tradesperson workshop equipment storage
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a tradesperson workshop equipment storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtradesperson workshop equipment storage + seasonal storage
tradesperson workshop equipment storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage cost?

A 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud tradesperson workshop equipment storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud tradesperson workshop equipment storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 tradesperson workshop equipment storage typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Tradesperson Workshop Equipment Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Barn·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×48
smaller
$17,950
22×50
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your equipment-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 12-ft doors clear a cab tractor with ROPS up. The 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

1 drive-in baysIMPLEMENT + ATTACHMENT ROWSWorkbench + parts wall22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · equipment-barn layout

1 drive-in bays · Implement + attachment rows · Workbench + parts wall

1 drive-in bays at the front, implement + attachment rows in the middle, workbench + parts wall at the rear. Capacity: 1 machines under roof.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through bay, welding corner, bulk-fluid rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment barn
Everyday hobby farm equipment barn
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn cost?

A 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Barn·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×48
smaller
$17,950
22×50
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your equipment-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 12-ft doors clear a cab tractor with ROPS up. The 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

1 drive-in baysIMPLEMENT + ATTACHMENT ROWSWorkbench + parts wall22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · equipment-barn layout

1 drive-in bays · Implement + attachment rows · Workbench + parts wall

1 drive-in bays at the front, implement + attachment rows in the middle, workbench + parts wall at the rear. Capacity: 1 machines under roof.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through bay, welding corner, bulk-fluid rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment barn
Everyday hobby farm equipment barn
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn cost?

A 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 hobby farm equipment barn typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay | Steel and Stud — From $25,200
12
22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,750$25,200SAVE $3,550
or $525/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay

22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$25,200$28,750Save $3,550
or as low as $525/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$25,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-SMALL-COMMERCIALBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your one-bay auto shop.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 12-ft ceiling gives full lift travel. The 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Lift bayBench + tool wallPARTS SHELVING22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · one-bay auto shop

Lift bay · Bench + tool wall · Parts shelving

Lift bay at the front, bench + tool wall in the middle, parts shelving at the rear. Capacity: 1 two-post lift + bench work.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: two-post lift, compressor closet, waste-oil caddy.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday small commercial storefront service bay
Everyday small commercial storefront service bay
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a small commercial storefront service bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsmall commercial storefront service bay + seasonal storage
small commercial storefront service bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$525/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $525/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay cost?

A 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay from Steel and Stud starts at $25,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $525/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud small commercial storefront service bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud small commercial storefront service bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $525/month on a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$25,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay | Steel and Stud — From $25,200
12
22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$28,750$25,200SAVE $3,550
or $525/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay

22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$25,200$28,750Save $3,550
or as low as $525/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$25,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-SMALL-COMMERCIALBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your one-bay auto shop.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 12-ft ceiling gives full lift travel. The 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Lift bayBench + tool wallPARTS SHELVING22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · one-bay auto shop

Lift bay · Bench + tool wall · Parts shelving

Lift bay at the front, bench + tool wall in the middle, parts shelving at the rear. Capacity: 1 two-post lift + bench work.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: two-post lift, compressor closet, waste-oil caddy.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday small commercial storefront service bay
Everyday small commercial storefront service bay
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a small commercial storefront service bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsmall commercial storefront service bay + seasonal storage
small commercial storefront service bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$525/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $525/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay cost?

A 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay from Steel and Stud starts at $25,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $525/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud small commercial storefront service bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud small commercial storefront service bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $525/month on a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 small commercial storefront service bay typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Small Commercial Storefront Service Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$25,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Home Workshop Hobby Garage

22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 home workshop hobby garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Home Workshop Hobby Garage·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-HOME-WORKSHOP-HOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×50 home workshop hobby garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Workshop Hobby Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Workshop Hobby Garage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Workshop Hobby Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday home workshop hobby garage
Everyday home workshop hobby garage
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home workshop hobby garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome workshop hobby garage + seasonal storage
home workshop hobby garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 home workshop hobby garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Workshop Hobby Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Workshop Hobby Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Workshop Hobby Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage cost?

A 22×50 home workshop hobby garage from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 home workshop hobby garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud home workshop hobby garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home workshop hobby garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 home workshop hobby garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 home workshop hobby garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 home workshop hobby garage typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Home Workshop Hobby Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Home Workshop Hobby Garage

22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 home workshop hobby garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Home Workshop Hobby Garage·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-HOME-WORKSHOP-HOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 22×50 home workshop hobby garage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Workshop Hobby Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Workshop Hobby Garage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Workshop Hobby Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday home workshop hobby garage
Everyday home workshop hobby garage
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home workshop hobby garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome workshop hobby garage + seasonal storage
home workshop hobby garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 home workshop hobby garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Workshop Hobby Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Home Workshop Hobby Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Workshop Hobby Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Workshop Hobby Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage cost?

A 22×50 home workshop hobby garage from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 home workshop hobby garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud home workshop hobby garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home workshop hobby garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 home workshop hobby garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 home workshop hobby garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 home workshop hobby garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 home workshop hobby garage typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Home Workshop Hobby Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage | Steel and Stud — From $16,250
12
22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,550$16,250SAVE $2,300
or $339/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Boat Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Boat Trailer Indoor Storage·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,250$18,550Save $2,300
or as low as $339/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$16,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-BOAT-TRAILER-INDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 12-ft doors take a pontoon on bunks. The 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Boat + trailer baySecond toy / daily driverRinse + gear zone22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer bay · Second toy / daily driver · Rinse + gear zone

Boat + trailer bay at the front, second toy / daily driver in the middle, rinse + gear zone at the rear. Capacity: 1 boat to 40ft + a second toy.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: rinse-down bay, overhead rod racks, winch point.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat Trailer Indoor Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat Trailer Indoor Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat Trailer Indoor Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday boat trailer indoor storage
Everyday boat trailer indoor storage
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat trailer indoor storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat trailer indoor storage + seasonal storage
boat trailer indoor storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$339/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $339/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat Trailer Indoor Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat Trailer Indoor Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat Trailer Indoor Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage cost?

A 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage from Steel and Stud starts at $16,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $339/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud boat trailer indoor storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat trailer indoor storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $339/month on a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Boat Trailer Indoor Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage | Steel and Stud — From $16,250
12
22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,550$16,250SAVE $2,300
or $339/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Boat Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Boat Trailer Indoor Storage·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,250$18,550Save $2,300
or as low as $339/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$16,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-BOAT-TRAILER-INDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. 12-ft doors take a pontoon on bunks. The 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Boat + trailer baySecond toy / daily driverRinse + gear zone22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer bay · Second toy / daily driver · Rinse + gear zone

Boat + trailer bay at the front, second toy / daily driver in the middle, rinse + gear zone at the rear. Capacity: 1 boat to 40ft + a second toy.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: rinse-down bay, overhead rod racks, winch point.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat Trailer Indoor Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat Trailer Indoor Storage spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat Trailer Indoor Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday boat trailer indoor storage
Everyday boat trailer indoor storage
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat trailer indoor storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat trailer indoor storage + seasonal storage
boat trailer indoor storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$339/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $339/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat Trailer Indoor Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Boat Trailer Indoor Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat Trailer Indoor Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat Trailer Indoor Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage cost?

A 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage from Steel and Stud starts at $16,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $339/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud boat trailer indoor storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat trailer indoor storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $339/month on a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 boat trailer indoor storage typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Boat Trailer Indoor Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room

22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-HORSE-BARN-TWO-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

3 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

3 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

3 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 3 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn two stalls tack room
Everyday horse barn two stalls tack room
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn two stalls tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn two stalls tack room + seasonal storage
horse barn two stalls tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room cost?

A 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse barn two stalls tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn two stalls tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room | Steel and Stud — From $18,700
12
22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,300$18,700SAVE $2,600
or $390/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room

22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,700$21,300Save $2,600
or as low as $390/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$18,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-HORSE-BARN-TWO-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

3 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

3 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

3 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 3 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn two stalls tack room
Everyday horse barn two stalls tack room
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn two stalls tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn two stalls tack room + seasonal storage
horse barn two stalls tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$390/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $390/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room cost?

A 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $18,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $390/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse barn two stalls tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn two stalls tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $390/month on a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 horse barn two stalls tack room typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn Two Stalls Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Welding or Fabrication Shop

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Welding Fabrication Shop

22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 welding fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Welding Fabrication Shop·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×48
smaller
$19,500
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-WELDING-FABRICATBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×50 welding fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Welding Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Welding Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Welding Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday welding fabrication shop
Everyday welding fabrication shop
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a welding fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwelding fabrication shop + seasonal storage
welding fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 welding fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Welding Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Welding Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Welding Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 welding fabrication shop cost?

A 22×50 welding fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 welding fabrication shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud welding fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 welding fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud welding fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 welding fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 welding fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 welding fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 welding fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 welding fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 welding fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 welding fabrication shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 welding fabrication shop typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Welding Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Welding or Fabrication Shop

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Welding Fabrication Shop

22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 welding fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Welding Fabrication Shop·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×48
smaller
$19,500
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-WELDING-FABRICATBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 22×50 welding fabrication shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Welding Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Welding Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Welding Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday welding fabrication shop
Everyday welding fabrication shop
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a welding fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwelding fabrication shop + seasonal storage
welding fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 welding fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Welding Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Welding Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Welding Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Welding Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 welding fabrication shop cost?

A 22×50 welding fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 welding fabrication shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud welding fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 welding fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud welding fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 welding fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 welding fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 welding fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 welding fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 welding fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 welding fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 welding fabrication shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 welding fabrication shop typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Welding Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop | Steel and Stud — From $26,800
12
22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$30,550$26,800SAVE $3,750
or $558/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop

22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$26,800$30,550Save $3,750
or as low as $558/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$26,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-BARNDOMINIUM-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your compact barndo shell.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Residential insulation package on the shell. The 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Living + kitchenBEDROOM + BATHUtility / mech corner22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · compact barndo shell

Living + kitchen · Bedroom + bath · Utility / mech corner

Living + kitchen at the front, bedroom + bath in the middle, utility / mech corner at the rear. Capacity: 1-bed living shell.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 9-ft ceilings, covered entry.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday barndominium shell half living half shop
Everyday barndominium shell half living half shop
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a barndominium shell half living half shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbarndominium shell half living half shop + seasonal storage
barndominium shell half living half shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$558/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $558/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop cost?

A 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop from Steel and Stud starts at $26,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $558/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud barndominium shell half living half shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud barndominium shell half living half shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $558/month on a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$26,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop | Steel and Stud — From $26,800
12
22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$30,550$26,800SAVE $3,750
or $558/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop

22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$26,800$30,550Save $3,750
or as low as $558/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$26,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-BARNDOMINIUM-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your compact barndo shell.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Residential insulation package on the shell. The 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Living + kitchenBEDROOM + BATHUtility / mech corner22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · compact barndo shell

Living + kitchen · Bedroom + bath · Utility / mech corner

Living + kitchen at the front, bedroom + bath in the middle, utility / mech corner at the rear. Capacity: 1-bed living shell.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 9-ft ceilings, covered entry.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday barndominium shell half living half shop
Everyday barndominium shell half living half shop
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a barndominium shell half living half shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbarndominium shell half living half shop + seasonal storage
barndominium shell half living half shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$558/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $558/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop cost?

A 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop from Steel and Stud starts at $26,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $558/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud barndominium shell half living half shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud barndominium shell half living half shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $558/month on a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 barndominium shell half living half shop typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Barndominium Shell Half Living Half Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$26,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Self Storage Mini Warehouse

22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 self storage mini warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Self Storage Mini Warehouse·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-SELF-STORAGE-MINBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your small-business warehouse.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Single roll-up door, hand-truck operation. The 22×50 self storage mini warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Loading areaINVENTORY RACKSOffice corner22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · small-business warehouse

Loading area · Inventory racks · Office corner

Loading area at the front, inventory racks in the middle, office corner at the rear. Capacity: ~22 pallet positions.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shelving, desk + computer.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Self Storage Mini Warehouse.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Self Storage Mini Warehouse spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Self Storage Mini Warehouse.

DAILY USEEveryday self storage mini warehouse
Everyday self storage mini warehouse
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a self storage mini warehouse.
STORAGE OVERFLOWself storage mini warehouse + seasonal storage
self storage mini warehouse + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 self storage mini warehouse is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Self Storage Mini Warehouse shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Self Storage Mini Warehouse also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Self Storage Mini Warehouse questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse cost?

A 22×50 self storage mini warehouse from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 self storage mini warehouse price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud self storage mini warehouse ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud self storage mini warehouse different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 self storage mini warehouse?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 self storage mini warehouse in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 self storage mini warehouse typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Self Storage Mini Warehouse quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse | Steel and Stud — From $20,300
12
22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$23,150$20,300SAVE $2,850
or $423/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Self Storage Mini Warehouse

22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 self storage mini warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Self Storage Mini Warehouse·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,300$23,150Save $2,850
or as low as $423/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$20,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-SELF-STORAGE-MINBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your small-business warehouse.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Single roll-up door, hand-truck operation. The 22×50 self storage mini warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Loading areaINVENTORY RACKSOffice corner22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · small-business warehouse

Loading area · Inventory racks · Office corner

Loading area at the front, inventory racks in the middle, office corner at the rear. Capacity: ~22 pallet positions.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shelving, desk + computer.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Self Storage Mini Warehouse.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Self Storage Mini Warehouse spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Self Storage Mini Warehouse.

DAILY USEEveryday self storage mini warehouse
Everyday self storage mini warehouse
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a self storage mini warehouse.
STORAGE OVERFLOWself storage mini warehouse + seasonal storage
self storage mini warehouse + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$423/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 self storage mini warehouse is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $423/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Self Storage Mini Warehouse shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Self Storage Mini Warehouse

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Self Storage Mini Warehouse also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🎯 22×50

Detached She Shed or Man Cave

22×50 detached she shed or man cave configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached She Shed or Man Cave →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Self Storage Mini Warehouse questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse cost?

A 22×50 self storage mini warehouse from Steel and Stud starts at $20,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $423/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 self storage mini warehouse price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud self storage mini warehouse ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud self storage mini warehouse different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $423/month on a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 self storage mini warehouse?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 self storage mini warehouse in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 self storage mini warehouse add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 self storage mini warehouse typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Self Storage Mini Warehouse quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Detached She Shed or Man Cave

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave | Steel and Stud — From $26,800
12
22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$30,550$26,800SAVE $3,750
or $558/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Detached She Shed Man Cave

22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 detached she shed man cave from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Detached She Shed Man Cave·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$26,800$30,550Save $3,750
or as low as $558/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$26,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-DETACHED-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Stud-framed and drywall-ready interior when you finish it out. The 22×50 detached she shed man cave from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Main loungeKitchenetteBath + storage22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Kitchenette · Bath + storage

Main lounge at the front, kitchenette in the middle, bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: entertaining space for 44 guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: media wall, covered porch, French doors.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached She Shed Man Cave.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached She Shed Man Cave spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached She Shed Man Cave.

DAILY USEEveryday detached she shed man cave
Everyday detached she shed man cave
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached she shed man cave.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached she shed man cave + seasonal storage
detached she shed man cave + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$558/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 detached she shed man cave is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $558/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached She Shed Man Cave shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached She Shed Man Cave also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached She Shed Man Cave questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 detached she shed man cave cost?

A 22×50 detached she shed man cave from Steel and Stud starts at $26,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $558/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 detached she shed man cave price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud detached she shed man cave ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 detached she shed man cave?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached she shed man cave different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 detached she shed man cave need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 detached she shed man cave delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 detached she shed man cave without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $558/month on a 22×50 detached she shed man cave.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 detached she shed man cave?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 detached she shed man cave in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 detached she shed man cave add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 detached she shed man cave typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached She Shed Man Cave quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$26,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
22x50 metal building: standard configuration angle, 1,100 sq ft Steel and Stud factory direct

22×50 Detached She Shed or Man Cave

1,100 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×50 steel building delivers 1,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave | Steel and Stud — From $26,800
12
22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$30,550$26,800SAVE $3,750
or $558/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings22×50Detached She Shed Man Cave

22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave, built for daily backyard use.

The 22×50 detached she shed man cave from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Detached She Shed Man Cave·Size22×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$26,800$30,550Save $3,750
or as low as $558/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×50
22×50
this size
$26,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X50-DETACHED-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 50 feet long. Stud-framed and drywall-ready interior when you finish it out. The 22×50 detached she shed man cave from Steel and Stud puts 1,100 sq ft to work.

Main loungeKitchenetteBath + storage22′ × 50′ · 1,100 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Kitchenette · Bath + storage

Main lounge at the front, kitchenette in the middle, bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: entertaining space for 44 guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: media wall, covered porch, French doors.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached She Shed Man Cave.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached She Shed Man Cave spec sheet.

Width22'
Length50' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached She Shed Man Cave.

DAILY USEEveryday detached she shed man cave
Everyday detached she shed man cave
1,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached she shed man cave.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached she shed man cave + seasonal storage
detached she shed man cave + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave — what makes it different.

1,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$558/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×50 detached she shed man cave is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $558/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×50?

1,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 50′ footprint with 1,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,800–$13,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached She Shed Man Cave shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 22×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×50 Detached She Shed Man Cave

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached She Shed Man Cave also viewed:

🏡 22×50

Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay

22×50 two-car detached garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage with Workshop Bay →
🎯 22×50

RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes

22×50 rv garage for class a motorhomes configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage for Class A Motorhomes →
🏢 22×50

Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage

22×50 tradesperson workshop & equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Workshop & Equipment Storage →
🌾 22×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →
🏢 22×50

Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay

22×50 small commercial storefront or service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$25,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Small Commercial Storefront or Service Bay →
🏡 22×50

Home Workshop & Hobby Garage

22×50 home workshop & hobby garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Home Workshop & Hobby Garage →
🎯 22×50

Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage

22×50 boat & trailer indoor storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Indoor Storage →
🌾 22×50

Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room

22×50 horse barn with two stalls and tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Two Stalls and Tack Room →
🏭 22×50

Welding or Fabrication Shop

22×50 welding or fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding or Fabrication Shop →
🏡 22×50

Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop)

22×50 barndominium shell (half living, half shop) configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$26,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell (Half Living, Half Shop) →
🏢 22×50

Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse

22×50 self-storage or mini-warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Self-Storage or Mini-Warehouse →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached She Shed Man Cave questions, answered.

How much does a 22×50 detached she shed man cave cost?

A 22×50 detached she shed man cave from Steel and Stud starts at $26,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $558/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×50 detached she shed man cave price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud detached she shed man cave ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×50 detached she shed man cave?

Almost always for 1,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached she shed man cave different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×50 detached she shed man cave need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×50 detached she shed man cave delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×50 detached she shed man cave without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $558/month on a 22×50 detached she shed man cave.

What warranty comes with the 22×50 detached she shed man cave?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×50 detached she shed man cave in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×50 detached she shed man cave add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×50 detached she shed man cave typically adds $8,800–$13,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached She Shed Man Cave quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$26,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Two-Car Detached Garage

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Two Car Detached Garage | Steel and Stud — From $8,850
12
24×25 Two Car Detached Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,100$8,850SAVE $1,250
or $184/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Two Car Detached Garage

24×25 Two Car Detached Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 two car detached garage from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Two Car Detached Garage·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,850$10,100Save $1,250
or as low as $184/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$8,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-TWO-CAR-DETACHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. The 24×25 two car detached garage from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: lift-height clearance, air compressor, tool wall.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Two Car Detached Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two Car Detached Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two Car Detached Garage spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two Car Detached Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday two car detached garage
Everyday two car detached garage
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two car detached garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo car detached garage + seasonal storage
two car detached garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Two Car Detached Garage — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$184/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 two car detached garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $184/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two Car Detached Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Two Car Detached Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Two Car Detached Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two Car Detached Garage also viewed:

🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two Car Detached Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 two car detached garage cost?

A 24×25 two car detached garage from Steel and Stud starts at $8,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $184/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 two car detached garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud two car detached garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 two car detached garage?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two car detached garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 two car detached garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 two car detached garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 two car detached garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $184/month on a 24×25 two car detached garage.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 two car detached garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 two car detached garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 two car detached garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 two car detached garage typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two Car Detached Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$8,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Two-Car Detached Garage

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Two Car Detached Garage | Steel and Stud — From $8,850
12
24×25 Two Car Detached Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,100$8,850SAVE $1,250
or $184/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Two Car Detached Garage

24×25 Two Car Detached Garage, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 two car detached garage from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Two Car Detached Garage·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,850$10,100Save $1,250
or as low as $184/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$8,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-TWO-CAR-DETACHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. The 24×25 two car detached garage from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: lift-height clearance, air compressor, tool wall.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Two Car Detached Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two Car Detached Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two Car Detached Garage spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two Car Detached Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday two car detached garage
Everyday two car detached garage
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two car detached garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo car detached garage + seasonal storage
two car detached garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Two Car Detached Garage — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$184/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 two car detached garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $184/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two Car Detached Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Two Car Detached Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Two Car Detached Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two Car Detached Garage also viewed:

🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two Car Detached Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 two car detached garage cost?

A 24×25 two car detached garage from Steel and Stud starts at $8,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $184/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 two car detached garage price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud two car detached garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 two car detached garage?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two car detached garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 two car detached garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 two car detached garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 two car detached garage without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $184/month on a 24×25 two car detached garage.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 two car detached garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 two car detached garage in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 two car detached garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 two car detached garage typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two Car Detached Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Contractor Shop with Workbench

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench | Steel and Stud — From $11,050
12
24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$12,600$11,050SAVE $1,550
or $230/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Contractor Shop Workbench

24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 contractor shop workbench from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Contractor Shop Workbench·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,050$12,600Save $1,550
or as low as $230/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$11,050
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-CONTRACTOR-SHOP-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 24×25 contractor shop workbench from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Shop Workbench.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Shop Workbench spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Shop Workbench.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor shop workbench
Everyday contractor shop workbench
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor shop workbench.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor shop workbench + seasonal storage
contractor shop workbench + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$230/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 contractor shop workbench is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $230/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Shop Workbench shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Shop Workbench also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Shop Workbench questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 contractor shop workbench cost?

A 24×25 contractor shop workbench from Steel and Stud starts at $11,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $230/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 contractor shop workbench price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud contractor shop workbench ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 contractor shop workbench?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor shop workbench different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 contractor shop workbench need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 contractor shop workbench delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 contractor shop workbench without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $230/month on a 24×25 contractor shop workbench.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 contractor shop workbench?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 contractor shop workbench in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 contractor shop workbench add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 contractor shop workbench typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Shop Workbench quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$11,050.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Contractor Shop with Workbench

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench | Steel and Stud — From $11,050
12
24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$12,600$11,050SAVE $1,550
or $230/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Contractor Shop Workbench

24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 contractor shop workbench from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Contractor Shop Workbench·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,050$12,600Save $1,550
or as low as $230/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$11,050
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-CONTRACTOR-SHOP-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 24×25 contractor shop workbench from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, compressor closet, lumber rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Shop Workbench.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Shop Workbench spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Shop Workbench.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor shop workbench
Everyday contractor shop workbench
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor shop workbench.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor shop workbench + seasonal storage
contractor shop workbench + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$230/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 contractor shop workbench is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $230/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Shop Workbench shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Contractor Shop Workbench

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Shop Workbench also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Shop Workbench questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 contractor shop workbench cost?

A 24×25 contractor shop workbench from Steel and Stud starts at $11,050 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $230/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 contractor shop workbench price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud contractor shop workbench ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 contractor shop workbench?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor shop workbench different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 contractor shop workbench need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 contractor shop workbench delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 contractor shop workbench without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $230/month on a 24×25 contractor shop workbench.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 contractor shop workbench?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 contractor shop workbench in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 contractor shop workbench add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 contractor shop workbench typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Shop Workbench quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,050.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Man Cave Conversion

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Man Cave Conversion | Steel and Stud — From $14,600
12
24×25 Man Cave Conversion
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Man Cave Conversion

24×25 Man Cave Conversion, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 man cave conversion from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Man Cave Conversion·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-MAN-CAVE-CONVERSBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Stud-framed and drywall-ready interior when you finish it out. The 24×25 man cave conversion from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Main loungeKitchenetteBath + storage24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Kitchenette · Bath + storage

Main lounge at the front, kitchenette in the middle, bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: entertaining space for 24 guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: media wall, covered porch, French doors.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Man Cave Conversion in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave Conversion.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave Conversion spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave Conversion.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave conversion
Everyday man cave conversion
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave conversion.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave conversion + seasonal storage
man cave conversion + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Man Cave Conversion — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 man cave conversion is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave Conversion shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Man Cave Conversion buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Man Cave Conversion

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave Conversion also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave Conversion questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 man cave conversion cost?

A 24×25 man cave conversion from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 man cave conversion price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud man cave conversion ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 man cave conversion?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave conversion different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 man cave conversion need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 man cave conversion delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 man cave conversion without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 24×25 man cave conversion.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 man cave conversion?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 man cave conversion in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 man cave conversion add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 man cave conversion typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave Conversion quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Man Cave Conversion

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Man Cave Conversion | Steel and Stud — From $14,600
12
24×25 Man Cave Conversion
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Man Cave Conversion

24×25 Man Cave Conversion, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 man cave conversion from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Man Cave Conversion·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-MAN-CAVE-CONVERSBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Stud-framed and drywall-ready interior when you finish it out. The 24×25 man cave conversion from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Main loungeKitchenetteBath + storage24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Kitchenette · Bath + storage

Main lounge at the front, kitchenette in the middle, bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: entertaining space for 24 guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: media wall, covered porch, French doors.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Man Cave Conversion in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave Conversion.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave Conversion spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave Conversion.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave conversion
Everyday man cave conversion
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave conversion.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave conversion + seasonal storage
man cave conversion + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Man Cave Conversion — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 man cave conversion is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave Conversion shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Man Cave Conversion buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Man Cave Conversion

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave Conversion also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave Conversion questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 man cave conversion cost?

A 24×25 man cave conversion from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 man cave conversion price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud man cave conversion ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 man cave conversion?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave conversion different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 man cave conversion need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 man cave conversion delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 man cave conversion without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 24×25 man cave conversion.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 man cave conversion?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 man cave conversion in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 man cave conversion add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 man cave conversion typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave Conversion quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed | Steel and Stud — From $10,200
12
24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,650$10,200SAVE $1,450
or $213/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Shed·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$10,200$11,650Save $1,450
or as low as $213/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$10,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your equipment-barn layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. 12-ft doors clear a cab tractor with ROPS up. The 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

2 drive-in baysImplement + attachment rowsWorkbench + parts wall24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · equipment-barn layout

2 drive-in bays · Implement + attachment rows · Workbench + parts wall

2 drive-in bays at the front, implement + attachment rows in the middle, workbench + parts wall at the rear. Capacity: 2 machines under roof.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through bay, welding corner, bulk-fluid rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment shed
Everyday hobby farm equipment shed
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment shed + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$213/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $213/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Shed also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed cost?

A 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed from Steel and Stud starts at $10,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $213/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $213/month on a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$10,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed | Steel and Stud — From $10,200
12
24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,650$10,200SAVE $1,450
or $213/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Shed·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$10,200$11,650Save $1,450
or as low as $213/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$10,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your equipment-barn layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. 12-ft doors clear a cab tractor with ROPS up. The 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

2 drive-in baysImplement + attachment rowsWorkbench + parts wall24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · equipment-barn layout

2 drive-in bays · Implement + attachment rows · Workbench + parts wall

2 drive-in bays at the front, implement + attachment rows in the middle, workbench + parts wall at the rear. Capacity: 2 machines under roof.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: drive-through bay, welding corner, bulk-fluid rack.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment shed
Everyday hobby farm equipment shed
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment shed + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$213/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $213/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Shed also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed cost?

A 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed from Steel and Stud starts at $10,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $213/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $213/month on a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 hobby farm equipment shed typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$10,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Single RV Cover with Side Bay

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay | Steel and Stud — From $7,100
12
24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$8,100$7,100SAVE $1,000
or $148/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Single RV Cover Side Bay

24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 single rv cover side bay from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Single RV Cover Side Bay·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$7,100$8,100Save $1,000
or as low as $148/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$7,100
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-SINGLE-RV-COVER-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. The 24×25 single rv cover side bay from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

RV BAYDaily driverGear / storage24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Gear / storage

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, gear / storage at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 21ft + 1 daily driver.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 14-ft roll-up door, gable ends, insulation package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Single RV Cover Side Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Single RV Cover Side Bay spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Single RV Cover Side Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday single rv cover side bay
Everyday single rv cover side bay
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a single rv cover side bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsingle rv cover side bay + seasonal storage
single rv cover side bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$148/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 single rv cover side bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $148/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Single RV Cover Side Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Single RV Cover Side Bay also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Single RV Cover Side Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 single rv cover side bay cost?

A 24×25 single rv cover side bay from Steel and Stud starts at $7,100 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $148/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 single rv cover side bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud single rv cover side bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 single rv cover side bay?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud single rv cover side bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 single rv cover side bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 single rv cover side bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 single rv cover side bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $148/month on a 24×25 single rv cover side bay.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 single rv cover side bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 single rv cover side bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 single rv cover side bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 single rv cover side bay typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Single RV Cover Side Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$7,100.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Single RV Cover with Side Bay

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay | Steel and Stud — From $7,100
12
24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$8,100$7,100SAVE $1,000
or $148/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Single RV Cover Side Bay

24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 single rv cover side bay from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Single RV Cover Side Bay·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$7,100$8,100Save $1,000
or as low as $148/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$7,100
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-SINGLE-RV-COVER-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. The 24×25 single rv cover side bay from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

RV BAYDaily driverGear / storage24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Gear / storage

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, gear / storage at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 21ft + 1 daily driver.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 14-ft roll-up door, gable ends, insulation package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Single RV Cover Side Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Single RV Cover Side Bay spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Single RV Cover Side Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday single rv cover side bay
Everyday single rv cover side bay
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a single rv cover side bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsingle rv cover side bay + seasonal storage
single rv cover side bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$148/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 single rv cover side bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $148/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Single RV Cover Side Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Single RV Cover Side Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Single RV Cover Side Bay also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Single RV Cover Side Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 single rv cover side bay cost?

A 24×25 single rv cover side bay from Steel and Stud starts at $7,100 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $148/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 single rv cover side bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud single rv cover side bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 single rv cover side bay?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud single rv cover side bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 single rv cover side bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 single rv cover side bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 single rv cover side bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $148/month on a 24×25 single rv cover side bay.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 single rv cover side bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 single rv cover side bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 single rv cover side bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 single rv cover side bay typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Single RV Cover Side Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$7,100.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop | Steel and Stud — From $8,850
12
24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,100$8,850SAVE $1,250
or $184/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Detached Auto Restoration Shop·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,850$10,100Save $1,250
or as low as $184/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$8,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-DETACHED-AUTO-REBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your detached auto restoration shop layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. The 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Pickup BayWORKSHOP24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · detached auto restoration shop layout

Detached Auto Restoration Shop layout.

The 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

💡 Pro tip:Detached Auto Restoration Shop at 24×25 — stud-framed and insulation-ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Auto Restoration Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Auto Restoration Shop spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Auto Restoration Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday detached auto restoration shop
Everyday detached auto restoration shop
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached auto restoration shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached auto restoration shop + seasonal storage
detached auto restoration shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$184/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 detached auto restoration shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $184/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Auto Restoration Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Auto Restoration Shop also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Auto Restoration Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop cost?

A 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud starts at $8,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $184/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 detached auto restoration shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud detached auto restoration shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached auto restoration shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $184/month on a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 detached auto restoration shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 detached auto restoration shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 detached auto restoration shop typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Auto Restoration Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$8,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop | Steel and Stud — From $8,850
12
24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,100$8,850SAVE $1,250
or $184/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Detached Auto Restoration Shop·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,850$10,100Save $1,250
or as low as $184/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$8,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-DETACHED-AUTO-REBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your detached auto restoration shop layout.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. The 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Pickup BayWORKSHOP24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · detached auto restoration shop layout

Detached Auto Restoration Shop layout.

The 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

💡 Pro tip:Detached Auto Restoration Shop at 24×25 — stud-framed and insulation-ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Auto Restoration Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Auto Restoration Shop spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Auto Restoration Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday detached auto restoration shop
Everyday detached auto restoration shop
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached auto restoration shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached auto restoration shop + seasonal storage
detached auto restoration shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$184/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 detached auto restoration shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $184/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Auto Restoration Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Detached Auto Restoration Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Auto Restoration Shop also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Auto Restoration Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop cost?

A 24×25 detached auto restoration shop from Steel and Stud starts at $8,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $184/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 detached auto restoration shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud detached auto restoration shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached auto restoration shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $184/month on a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 detached auto restoration shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 detached auto restoration shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 detached auto restoration shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 detached auto restoration shop typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Auto Restoration Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Garage with Loft Storage Above

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above | Steel and Stud — From $8,850
12
24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,100$8,850SAVE $1,250
or $184/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Garage Loft Storage Above

24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 garage loft storage above from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Garage Loft Storage Above·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,850$10,100Save $1,250
or as low as $184/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$8,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-GARAGE-LOFT-STORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. The 24×25 garage loft storage above from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: lift-height clearance, air compressor, tool wall.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Garage Loft Storage Above.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Garage Loft Storage Above spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Garage Loft Storage Above.

DAILY USEEveryday garage loft storage above
Everyday garage loft storage above
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a garage loft storage above.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgarage loft storage above + seasonal storage
garage loft storage above + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$184/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 garage loft storage above is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $184/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Garage Loft Storage Above shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Garage Loft Storage Above also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Garage Loft Storage Above questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 garage loft storage above cost?

A 24×25 garage loft storage above from Steel and Stud starts at $8,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $184/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 garage loft storage above price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud garage loft storage above ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 garage loft storage above?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud garage loft storage above different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 garage loft storage above need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 garage loft storage above delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 garage loft storage above without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $184/month on a 24×25 garage loft storage above.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 garage loft storage above?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 garage loft storage above in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 garage loft storage above add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 garage loft storage above typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Garage Loft Storage Above quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$8,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Garage with Loft Storage Above

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above | Steel and Stud — From $8,850
12
24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,100$8,850SAVE $1,250
or $184/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Garage Loft Storage Above

24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 garage loft storage above from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Garage Loft Storage Above·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,850$10,100Save $1,250
or as low as $184/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$8,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-GARAGE-LOFT-STORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. The 24×25 garage loft storage above from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: lift-height clearance, air compressor, tool wall.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Garage Loft Storage Above.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Garage Loft Storage Above spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Garage Loft Storage Above.

DAILY USEEveryday garage loft storage above
Everyday garage loft storage above
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a garage loft storage above.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgarage loft storage above + seasonal storage
garage loft storage above + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$184/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 garage loft storage above is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $184/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Garage Loft Storage Above shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Garage Loft Storage Above

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Garage Loft Storage Above also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🌾 24×25

Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

24×25 two-stall horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Garage Loft Storage Above questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 garage loft storage above cost?

A 24×25 garage loft storage above from Steel and Stud starts at $8,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $184/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 garage loft storage above price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud garage loft storage above ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 garage loft storage above?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud garage loft storage above different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 garage loft storage above need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 garage loft storage above delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 garage loft storage above without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $184/month on a 24×25 garage loft storage above.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 garage loft storage above?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 garage loft storage above in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 garage loft storage above add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 garage loft storage above typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Garage Loft Storage Above quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room | Steel and Stud — From $10,200
12
24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,650$10,200SAVE $1,450
or $213/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room

24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$10,200$11,650Save $1,450
or as low as $213/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$10,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-TWO-STALL-HORSE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

1 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

1 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

1 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 1 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday two stall horse barn tack room
Everyday two stall horse barn tack room
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two stall horse barn tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo stall horse barn tack room + seasonal storage
two stall horse barn tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$213/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $213/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room cost?

A 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $10,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $213/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud two stall horse barn tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two stall horse barn tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $213/month on a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$10,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
 Affordable Metal Garages for Extra Storage

24×25 Two-Stall Horse Barn with Tack Room

600 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 25′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×25 steel building delivers 600 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room | Steel and Stud — From $10,200
12
24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,650$10,200SAVE $1,450
or $213/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings24×25Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room

24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room, built for daily backyard use.

The 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room·Size24×25·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$10,200$11,650Save $1,450
or as low as $213/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×25
24×25
this size
$10,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 600 sq ft enclosed
  • 600 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X25-TWO-STALL-HORSE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

24 feet wide × 25 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 600 sq ft to work.

1 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room24′ × 25′ · 600 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

1 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

1 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 1 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, stall partitions, gable vents.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
600 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×25 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room spec sheet.

Width24'
Length25' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space600 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday two stall horse barn tack room
Everyday two stall horse barn tack room
600 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two stall horse barn tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo stall horse barn tack room + seasonal storage
two stall horse barn tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add partitions or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room — what makes it different.

600sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$213/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $213/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×25?

600 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 25′ footprint with 600 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,800–$7,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×25 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 24×25 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×25 Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 24×25

Two-Car Detached Garage

24×25 two-car detached garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →
🏢 24×25

Contractor Shop with Workbench

24×25 contractor shop with workbench configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Contractor Shop with Workbench →
🎯 24×25

Man Cave Conversion

24×25 man cave conversion configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave Conversion →
🌾 24×25

Hobby Farm Equipment Shed

24×25 hobby farm equipment shed configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Shed →
🎯 24×25

Single RV Cover with Side Bay

24×25 single rv cover with side bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$7,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Single RV Cover with Side Bay →
🏢 24×25

Detached Auto Restoration Shop

24×25 detached auto restoration shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Detached Auto Restoration Shop →
🏡 24×25

Garage with Loft Storage Above

24×25 garage with loft storage above configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Garage with Loft Storage Above →
🏭 24×25

Welding & Fabrication Bay

24×25 welding & fabrication bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,050Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Welding & Fabrication Bay →
🏢 24×25

Landscaping Equipment Storage

24×25 landscaping equipment storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Landscaping Equipment Storage →
🏡 24×25

She Shed Workspace

24×25 she shed workspace configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize She Shed Workspace →
🏡 24×25

Boat & Trailer Storage

24×25 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room cost?

A 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $10,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $213/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud two stall horse barn tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room?

Almost always for 600+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two stall horse barn tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $213/month on a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room.

What warranty comes with the 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×25 two stall horse barn tack room typically adds $4,800–$7,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two Stall Horse Barn Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$10,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check

Not Sure Which Size? Build Your Carport in 3D and See Your Price Instantly

Flexible Payment Options

3 Ways to Pay - Pick What Works

No need to pay full price today. Choose from standard deposit, easy monthly financing, or rent-to-own with zero credit check. Every option includes free delivery & professional installation.

Monthly Financing

Affordable monthly payments, competitive rates.

Down PaymentVaries by lender
MonthlyAs low as $89/mo
Terms12 to 72 months
Credit CheckRequired
Best ForLarger structures
Check My Rate

Rent-to-Own

No credit check. Low monthly payments.

Down PaymentFirst month only
MonthlyAs low as $49/mo
Terms24 to 60 months
Credit CheckNot required
Best ForBudget-friendly option
Start RTO Application
Instant Estimate

RV Covers Price Calculator

Enter your desired dimensions and options below for an instant price estimate. Contact us for a certified, site-specific quote.

ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE $9,200 - $10,300

Estimate based on standard configuration. Contact us for exact certified pricing.

View Presets, Inventory Matches & Details

Presets & Calculator Data

Custom estimate

Enter a size and state to generate an estimated range and route correctly.

Size Selected 24 × 40 × 10
Floor Area 960 sq ft
Location FactorStandard
Inventory MatchNo exact match
Recommended Path3D Builder

Inventory Alternatives

4-8 Weeks Current Lead Time — 127 Carports Ordered This Month Alone

Why Steel and Stud

6 Reasons to Choose a Steel Carport

A prefabricated steel carport is the most cost-effective way to protect your vehicles, boats and equipment. Here is why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud.

🧮

Free Installation Included

Every tubular steel carport order includes free professional installation by a certified crew across all 48 contiguous states. No hidden assembly fees. Just confirm your site is level and we handle the rest.

🌟

20-Year Warranty on 12-Gauge

Our 12-gauge galvanized steel frames carry a 20-year limited rust-through warranty backed by the manufacturer. 14-gauge frames include a full workmanship warranty. Steel structures genuinely last decades.

💰

Factory-Direct Pricing

We work directly with multiple manufacturers, cutting out distributor markups. In most cases our prices beat the manufacturer's own direct pricing. 40-60% less than comparable wood or concrete construction.

🌞

12 Color Options Included

Choose from 12 standard powder-coat colors at no additional cost. Galvanized and primer finishes also available. Your color choice will not affect your price or lead time.

Engineered for Your Climate

All structures are designed to meet local wind speed and snow load requirements. 12-gauge certified frames are available for high-wind coastal zones, heavy-snow mountain regions and tornado-prone states.

🔭

Multiple Manufacturers, One Source

We partner with multiple vetted manufacturers nationwide so you always get the closest installer, the fastest lead time, and competitive pricing for your specific location and climate zone.

Choose the Right Roof

Regular vs A-Frame vs Vertical Roof Carport

Selecting the right roof style affects weather performance, aesthetics, price and longevity. Here is how each option compares across key factors.

Regular / Horizontal

Most affordable, simple design

Lowest starting price
Fastest lead time
Moderate rain and snow shedding
Horizontal roof panels
Not ideal for heavy snow areas
Best for mild climates

Vertical Roof

Best performance, highest durability

Superior snow and rain shedding
Panels run vertically top-to-bottom
No standing water or debris ponding
Ideal for heavy snow regions
Price premium (+15%)
Recommended for all climates
Verified Reviews

What Our customers Say

Real customers, real installs. See why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud for their RV Covers.

★★★★★
4.8 out of 5 based on 2,847 verified customer reviews
★★★★★

"Excellent to deal with — I feel fortunate Bill answered the phone when I called. He kept me informed of the order status from purchase through installation. Pleased with the quality and I would not hesitate buying again."

RB
Returning Buyer
Verified Customer
Steel Carport
★★★★★

"Bill is a hard charger when it comes to customer service. I was amazed how quickly he returned my emails and phone calls, and followed up with the installation from start to finish. Highly recommend."

VB
Verified Buyer
Verified Customer
Custom Metal Building
★★★★★

"Bill was very helpful with the sales portion of my order — communication promptly answered, straightforward about delivery. The installation team were professional and met every challenge head on. A well-prepared site is key; I'm thankful for his advice on that."

VB
Verified Buyer
Verified Customer
Steel Carport
Common Questions

RV Covers FAQ

Everything you need to know before ordering your steel carport: pricing, installation, permits, warranties, anchoring and dimensions.

Although this can be done with one person, we recommend having at least two people on hand to ensure safety. You can enlist the help of as many people as you like. All tubular steel orders from Steel and Stud include professional installation by a certified crew, so you do not need to self-install unless you specifically choose a DIY kit.

Carports and More Inc. has manufacturers that install in 48 contiguous states. Parts of some states are not covered by the manufacturer used for online pricing. If an order is placed and your location is not in a covered area, we will call you with the correct pricing for your area before proceeding.

Absolutely. You can install the building yourself. In most states, there is a 5% discount for self-installed buildings. The materials can be delivered to your location or picked up at the nearest factory. Contact us for current availability and self-install options in your state.

Manufacturers aim to install units within a 4-week period from the time an approved order is received. In some cases it is done sooner; however, it can take longer depending on the time of year, your location, and seasonal demand. Areas with extreme winter weather may close temporarily. Buildings over 24 feet wide require special construction and can take longer to manufacture.

Most standard RV Covers units are constructed in just a few hours. It may take up to two days depending on the size and complexity of the building. Large triple-wide or commercial-span RV Covers may require a second day for proper installation and inspection.

The key to a successful installation is a flat, level surface. Site preparation and building permits are the responsibility of the customer. You have approximately 2 to 3 inches of adjustment available during installation to account for minor grade differences. If your lot is significantly out of level, materials to level the site must be on hand when the crew arrives.

Re-bar and pin anchors (1/2-inch diameter, 36-inch long) are included for ground and asphalt installations. Concrete anchor bolts are used on concrete slabs at no extra charge. Mobile home auger anchors are available for ground installation at an additional cost. In several states, units enclosed on three sides require a minimum of four mobile home augers for ground installations.

Yes. You have 12 standard colors to choose from at no additional charge. Color selection does not affect your price. Galvanized and primer finishes are also available. Your color selection is made at the time of order and cannot be changed after fabrication begins.

Permit requirements vary by city, county and state. You should contact your local building department before ordering. All permit requirements such as set-backs must be resolved before ordering because once engineering plans are sent, your deposit becomes non-refundable. Generic engineered plans are available in most states. States requiring building-specific plans and calculations include CO, ID, MT, ND, NE, NJ, OR, SD, UT, WA and WY. Contact us if you have questions about your area.

The vertical roof allows water, snow and debris to run off quickly without ponding. The vertical panel orientation prevents accumulation and is especially recommended in high snow-load areas. If you are in a state with significant annual snowfall or heavy seasonal rain, the vertical roof upgrade is strongly recommended even though it carries a modest price premium.

Sizes are shown as width x length x leg height. Width is measured from outside to outside of each base rail. Length is measured by the roof metal, which includes a 6-inch overhang on each end, so the base rail is 1 foot shorter than the roof length. Height is measured by the actual leg on the outer wall. Standard-style roof units will be 1 foot taller at the sidewall than the selected leg height.

The frames are available in either 14-gauge or 12-gauge galvanized steel tubing. The roof, side and end panels are 29-gauge steel with a painted finish. Galvanized frames provide corrosion resistance. 12-gauge is 2.5mm thick; 14-gauge is 1.9mm thick. Lower gauge equals thicker, stronger steel.

14-gauge frame units carry a 30-day workmanship warranty. 12-gauge frames include both the 30-day workmanship warranty and a 20-year limited rust-through warranty on the framing, assuming normal user care and maintenance. Warranty coverage begins on the date of installation.

Yes; however, your deposit may not be fully refundable. You have 3 days from the date of order confirmation to cancel and receive a full refund. Cancellations must be in writing. After 3 days, deposits may be applied as credit toward any future purchase within 3 years. Deposits on custom-size units are non-refundable. Installation timing delays alone are not a valid reason for cancellation.

No. In most cases our prices are the same as or lower than ordering direct from the manufacturer. We work with multiple manufacturers and can often source your structure from the most competitive option for your location, size and timing, something a single manufacturer cannot do for you.

Yes. Extensions, lean-tos, sidewalls and doors can be added after installation, though there may be an additional service charge. If you plan to eventually enclose a RV Covers with walk-in or roll-up doors, your original leg height must be 6 feet or taller to allow for standard door frames.

Slab requirements vary by manufacturer. Please contact us before pouring your concrete slab to confirm exact dimensions and anchor bolt placement for your specific RV Covers model. Pouring the wrong size slab can delay installation.

12-foot legs are standard and available on all units. Longer legs may be available for special applications such as RV clearance or commercial-height requirements. Contact us if you need legs taller than 12 feet and we will confirm availability for your chosen structure type.

The balance due is paid directly to the manufacturer after your RV Covers is fully installed and you are satisfied. The manufacturer accepts cash, check and credit card. They will confirm accepted payment methods when they contact you to schedule installation. PayPal is not accepted directly by the manufacturer but can be arranged through Steel and Stud with applicable processing fees. If you prefer not to pay the full balance at once, ask about our monthly financing or rent-to-own (RTO) options — both are available and let you own your RV Covers with as little as the first month's payment down.

Yes — Steel and Stud offers three flexible payment paths: (1) Standard Payment — pay a deposit now, balance after install, zero interest; (2) Monthly Financing — competitive rates from $89/mo over 12–72 months with a soft credit pull; and (3) Rent-to-Own (RTO) — as low as $49/mo with no credit check required, first month's payment as the only down payment, and an early buyout option available at any time. RTO is available on most residential RV Covers sizes. View all financing options →

Gauge refers to the thickness of the steel tubing: lower gauge means thicker steel. 12-gauge is 2.5mm thick and is the stronger, more durable option backed by a 20-year rust-through warranty. 14-gauge is 1.9mm thick, lighter and more affordable, carrying a 30-day workmanship warranty. For heavy snow loads, high winds or long-term investment, 12-gauge is always recommended.

Standard single-car RV Covers (12x21, 15x21) start at $1,195 with free delivery and installation on tubular steel orders. Two-car RV Covers (18x21, 20x21) range from $1,595 to $2,595 depending on roof style and gauge. Triple-wide RV Covers (24x29 and larger) start around $3,895. Large commercial spans (20x38+, 24x45+) start at $5,195 and up. Contact us for a precise quote including your location, size and options.

Get Your Free Quote

Request a Free Carport Quote

Tell us about your project and a building specialist will contact you within 2 hours with a personalized, no-obligation price quote.

Why Request a Quote?

Fast ResponseAverage response time under 2 hours. Most quotes same day.
No Hidden FeesYour quote includes all standard features. Tubular orders include delivery and installation.
Low Deposit to StartDeposit varies by project scope. Balance due only after installation.
Zero ObligationGet your quote, compare options, decide when you are ready.
1-877-275-7048 Mon to Fri 8AM to 6PM EST

RV Covers Sizes and Dimensions Guide

RV Covers dimensions follow a standard width x length x leg height format. Width runs from 10 feet to 40 feet for standard tubular steel units. Length is effectively unlimited in increments. Leg height starts at 6 feet for standard single-car RV Covers and goes up to 12 feet as a standard option, with taller legs available on request.

Single-car RV Covers (12 to 15 feet wide, 21 feet long) are the most affordable option starting at $1,195. Two-car RV Covers (18 to 22 feet wide) are the most popular category, covering two standard vehicles with room to open doors. Triple-wide RV Covers (24+ feet wide) accommodate three vehicles, trucks, boats or large equipment.

When planning your site, remember that the base rail is 1 foot shorter than the roof length due to 6-inch overhangs on each end. If you need exactly 40 feet of enclosed coverage, order a 41-foot length RV Covers. Contact our team to confirm the right dimensions before ordering.

How Much Does a RV Covers Cost in 2026?

RV Covers prices in 2026 range from $1,195 for a basic 12x21 single-car RV Covers up to $9,000 or more for a large 30x50 commercial-span structure. All tubular steel RV Covers prices from Steel and Stud include free delivery and professional installation.

Key pricing factors include: Width (wider RV Covers cost more per linear foot), Length (additional bays add proportional cost), Leg Height (taller legs cost more), Roof Style (vertical adds ~15% over regular), and Frame Gauge (12-gauge adds ~12% over 14-gauge but adds a 20-year warranty).

DIY RV Covers kits cost less because installation labor is excluded, but most property owners find the free professional installation included in tubular steel orders to be a significant value. A crew that installs 50 RV Covers per week consistently outperforms a first-time DIY attempt.

RV Covers Installation: What to Expect

After your order is confirmed and your deposit placed, the manufacturer assigns an installation crew for your region. Current lead times run 4 to 8 weeks depending on your location, structure size and seasonal demand. You will be contacted within 60 days of ordering to schedule your installation date.

Site requirements before the crew arrives: a flat, level surface (within 2-3 inches), clear access for a delivery truck, and any permit posted or available. Concrete pads are preferred but not required for ground or gravel installations. The installation crew typically completes a standard single or two-car RV Covers in 3 to 6 hours. Larger triple-wide or tall-clearance units may require a full day.

Balance payment is made directly to the manufacturer after your RV Covers is installed and you are satisfied with the result. Financing and rent-to-own options are available through Steel and Stud for customers who prefer monthly payments. View financing options or request your free quote to get started today.

Related Metal Building Categories

Looking for something larger or more enclosed? Explore our full range: enclosed steel garages from $3,195, metal barns for agricultural use, tall clearance RV and boat covers, barndominium shells for combined living and working space, and all commercial steel building types. Every product category includes the same factory-direct pricing and professional service.

Ready to Protect Your Vehicles with a Steel Carport?

Join 15,000+ property owners who chose Steel and Stud. Factory-direct pricing with free delivery and installation on all tubular steel orders.

View Cart